1/12
APPLICATION & SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL
Low Slope
Product Data Guide
Quality You Can Trust…
From North America’s
Largest Roofing Manufacturer!™
1-800-ROOF-411
www.gaf.com
Asphaltic Membranes
Page
RUBEROID ENERGYCAP MOP FR
4
RUBEROID® MOP FR
5
RUBEROID DUAL FR
6
RUBEROID DUAL SMOOTH
7
RUBEROID® MOP PLUS SMOOTH
8
RUBEROID MOP SMOOTH 1.5
9
RUBEROID® MOP 170 FR
10
RUBEROID MOP GRANULE
11
®
™
®
®
®
®
RUBEROID 30FR
12
RUBEROID® ENERGYCAP™ SBS 30 FR
13
RUBEROID® 30
14
®
RUBEROID® 20
15
RUBEROID ENERGYCAP SBS HEAT-WELD PLUS FR
16
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™ PLUS FR
17
RUBEROID SBS HEAT-WELD PLUS
18
RUBEROID SBS HEAT-WELD 170 FR
19
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™ GRANULE
20
RUBEROID SBS HEAT-WELD SMOOTH
21
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™ 25
22
WORKHORSE ROOFMATCH SBS GRANULAR
23
®
™
®
™
™
®
™
®
™
™
™
ULTRACLAD SBS FOIL-FACED MEMBRANE
24
RUBEROID® SA FR CAP SHEET
25
RUBEROID SA CAP SHEET
26
RUBEROID® SA BASE/PLY SHEET
27
LIBERTY SBS SELF-ADHERING CAP SHEET
28
LIBERTY SBS SELF-ADHERING BASE/PLY SHEET
29
LIBERTY™ MA MECHANICALLY ATTACHED BASE SHEET
30
WEATHER WATCH XT
31
®
®
™
™
®
STORMSAFE™ ANCHOR SHEET
32
WORKHORSE ROOFMATCH APP GRANULAR
33
™
®
RUBEROID TORCH FR
34
RUBEROID® ENERGYCAP™ TORCH PLUS FR
35
RUBEROID® ENERGYCAP™ TORCH GRANULE FR
36
RUBEROID® TORCH GRANULE
37
RUBEROID TORCH SMOOTH
38
®
®
GAFGLAS ENERGYCAP BUR MINERAL SURFACED CAP SHEET
39
GAFGLAS® MINERAL SURFACED CAP SHEET
40
GAFGLAS FLEXPLY 6
41
®
™
®
™
GAFGLAS® PLY 4
42
GAFGLAS STRATAVENT ELIMINATOR PERFORATED BASE SHEET
43
GAFGLAS® STRATAVENT® ELIMINATOR™ NAILABLE BASE SHEET
44
GAFGLAS #80 ULTIMA BASE SHEET
45
®
®
®
™
™
GAFGLAS #75 BASE SHEET
46
Insulation And Fastening Systems
Page
ENERGYGUARD™ ROOF INSULATION BOARD, 20 & 25 PSI
48
ENERGYGUARD™ TAPERED POLYISO FOAM ROOF INSULATION, 20 & 25
50
ENERGYGUARD COMPOSITE BOARD ROOF INSULATION
52
ENERGYGUARD PERLITE ROOF INSULATION
54
ENERGYGUARD™ PERLITE TAPERED ROOF INSULATION
56
ENERGYGUARD PERLITE CANT STRIP
58
ENERGYGUARD™ PERLITE TAPERED EDGE STRIP
60
®
™
™
™
Insulation And Fastening Systems (CONTINUED)
Page
ENERGYGUARD PERLITE RECOVER BOARD
62
DENS-DECK® ROOF BOARD
63
DENS-DECK® PRIME™ ROOF BOARD
65
DRILL-TEC ASAP 3P ASSEMBLED SCREW AND 3” LOCKING PLASTIC PLATE
67
™
™
®
DRILL-TEC HEAVY DUTY ASAP 2S ASSEMBLED SCREW AND 2” STEEL BARBED PLATE
68
DRILL-TEC™ EXTRA HEAVY DUTY ASAP® ASSEMBLED SCREW & 2 3/8” STEEL BARBED PLATE
69
DRILL-TEC ASAP 3S ASSEMBLED SCREW AND 3” STEEL PLATE
70
DRILL-TEC CD-10 FASTENER
71
DRILL-TEC BASE SHEET FASTENER E (1.2 in.)
72
DRILL-TEC DL 1.7 BASE SHEET FASTENER
73
DRILL-TEC™ BASE SHEET FASTENER (1.7in)
74
DRILL-TEC HEAVY DUTY #14 ROOFING FASTENER
75
DRILL-TEC LITE-DECK FASTENER
76
DRILL-TEC MASONRY ANCHOR
77
DRILL-TEC™ STEEL AND PLASTIC PLATES
78
DRILL-TEC STANDARD #12 ROOFING FASTENER
79
DRILL-TEC SUPER EXTRA HEAVY DUTY #21 ROOFING FASTENER
80
DRILL-TEC EXTRA HEAVY DUTY #15 ROOFING FASTENER
81
™
®
™
®
™
™
™
™
™
™
™
™
™
DRILL-TEC LOCKING IMPACT NAIL
82
DRILL-TEC™ RHINOBOND® FASTENING PLATE 3” TPO COATED GALVALUME® STEEL
84
DRILL-TEC™ ACCUTRAC® AND ACCUSEAM PLATES
85
DRILL-TEC POLYMER GYPTEC
86
LRF M ADHESIVE
87
™
™
™
Flashing Accessories
Page
TOPCOAT MATRIX MAJORSEAL LIQUID FLASHING
90
LEXSUCO REINFORCED FLASHING RF
92
LEXSUCO METAL EDGE FLASHING
93
M-WELD ONE WAY M-VENT
94
M-WELD® STANDARD M-DRAIN
96
M-WELD STANDARD M-VENT
98
M-WELD ADJUSTABLE M-VENT
100
®
™
™
®
®
®
®
®
M-WELD M-CURB SYSTEM
102
Metalastic® SMF Straight Metal Flange Expansion Joint Cover
104
Metalastic® CMF CURB MOUNT Flange Expansion Joint Cover
106
Metalastic CTW CURB TO WaLL Expansion Joint Cover
108
Metalastic LP LOw Profile Expansion Joint Cover
109
®
®
®
TOPCOAT MATRIX MAJORBOND MODIFIED BITUMEN ADHESIVE
112
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ MAJORBOND™ FLASHING CEMENT
114
TOPCOAT MATRIX 102 SBS MEMBRANE ADHESIVE
116
TOPCOAT MATRIX 103 COLD PROCESS ADHESIVE
118
TOPCOAT MATRIX 201 PREMIUM SBS FLASHING CEMENT
120
®
®
®
®
™
™
™
™
™
TOPCOAT MATRIX 202 SBS FLASHING CEMENT
122
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ 203 PLASTIC ROOF CEMENT
124
TOPCOAT MATRIX 204 WET/DRY ROOF CEMENT
126
TOPCOAT MATRIX 305 FIBERED ASPHALT EMULSION
128
TOPCOAT MATRIX 306 NON-FIBERED ASPHALT EMULSION
128
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ 307 PREMIUM ASPHALT PRIMER
130
TOPCOAT MATRIX 322 ELASTOMERIC ROOF COATING
132
®
®
®
®
®
™
™
™
™
™
Asphaltic Membranes
PRODUCT
Page
RUBEROID ENERGYCAP MOP FR
4
RUBEROID MOP FR
5
RUBEROID® DUAL FR
6
RUBEROID DUAL SMOOTH
7
RUBEROID MOP PLUS SMOOTH
8
RUBEROID MOP SMOOTH 1.5
9
RUBEROID® MOP 170 FR
10
RUBEROID MOP GRANULE
11
RUBEROID 30FR
12
®
™
®
®
®
®
®
®
RUBEROID ENERGYCAP SBS 30 FR
13
RUBEROID 30
14
®
™
®
RUBEROID® 20
15
RUBEROID ENERGYCAP SBS HEAT-WELD PLUS FR
16
RUBEROID SBS HEAT-WELD PLUS FR
17
RUBEROID SBS HEAT-WELD PLUS
18
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™ 170 FR
19
RUBEROID SBS HEAT-WELD GRANULE
20
RUBEROID SBS HEAT-WELD SMOOTH
21
RUBEROID SBS HEAT-WELD 25
22
®
™
®
™
™
®
™
®
™
®
™
®
™
WORKHORSE ROOFMATCH SBS GRANULAR
23
ULTRACLAD® SBS FOIL-FACED MEMBRANE
24
RUBEROID® SA FR CAP SHEET
25
RUBEROID SA CAP SHEET
26
™
™
®
RUBEROID SA BASE/PLY SHEET
27
LIBERTY™ SBS SELF-ADHERING CAP SHEET
28
LIBERTY™ SBS SELF-ADHERING BASE/PLY SHEET
29
LIBERTY MA MECHANICALLY ATTACHED BASE SHEET
30
WEATHER WATCH XT
31
®
™
®
STORMSAFE ANCHOR SHEET
32
WORKHORSE™ ROOFMATCH® APP GRANULAR
33
RUBEROID® TORCH FR
34
™
RUBEROID ENERGYCAP TORCH PLUS FR
35
RUBEROID ENERGYCAP TORCH GRANULE FR
36
RUBEROID® TORCH GRANULE
37
RUBEROID TORCH SMOOTH
38
GAFGLAS ENERGYCAP BUR MINERAL SURFACED CAP SHEET
39
GAFGLAS MINERAL SURFACED CAP SHEET
40
GAFGLAS FLEXPLY 6
41
®
™
®
™
®
®
™
®
®
™
GAFGLAS® PLY 4
42
GAFGLAS STRATAVENT ELIMINATOR PERFORATED BASE SHEET
43
GAFGLAS STRATAVENT ELIMINATOR NAILABLE BASE SHEET
44
GAFGLAS #80 ULTIMA BASE SHEET
45
GAFGLAS® #75 BASE SHEET
46
®
®
®
®
®
™
™
™
RUBEROID®
ENERGYCAP
MOP FR
Description
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ MOP FR
membrane is a premium, heavy
duty, fire-retardant modified
bitumen membrane with a
factory applied layer of TOPCOAT®
EnergyCote™ elastomeric
coating. Its core is a strong,
resilient non-woven polyester
mat that is coated with a
fire-retardant SBS polymermodified asphalt and surfaced
with mineral granules.
Uses
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ MOP FR
is designed for new roofing and
reroofing applications where longterm roof system performance
is specified.
Advantages
• System guarantees are
available for up to 20 years.
R
• esilient—RUBEROID®
EnergyCap™ MOP FR’s
heavy weight polyester mat
core allows it to resist splits
and tears due to its pliability
and elongation characteristics.
• Durable—specially formulated
modified asphalt gives
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™
MOP FR lasting performance.
™
Advantages (Continued)
• RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ MOP
FR is backed by GAF, a
company with over 100 years
in the roofing business.
• RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ MOP
FR is available in highly
reflective brilliant white only.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Type II, Grade G
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274 Pending
UL/ULc Classified
Title 24 Compliant
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(107.52 gross sq.ft.) (9.99m2)
Roll Length
32.56’ (9.92m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight
Product
Thickness
Initial
Emissivity*
Initial
Reflectivity*
103.8 lbs (47.04kg)
0.155” (3.9mm)
.83
.73
SRI (Solar Reflective Index) 89
Note: The emittance and reflectance values published are those required for Title 24 compliance as listed by CRRC. For certification or other
reflectance and emittance code requirements, different calculations may be used resulting in different values. All EnergyCap products meet LEED
requirements. Please contact technical services at 1-800-766-3411 for assistance and submittal information.
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type II, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
100
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
70
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
4www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
MOP FR
®
Description
RUBEROID® MOP FR membrane is
a premium, heavy duty, fire-retarding
modified bitumen membrane manufactured to stringent GAF specifications. Its core is a strong, resilient
non-woven polyester mat that is
coated with an inherently fire retardant SBS polymer-modified asphalt
and surfaced with mineral granules.
Uses
RUBEROID® MOP FR is designed
for new roofing and reroofing
applications where long-term roof
system performance is specified.
Advantages
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
N
• o coating required for Class A
ratings from UL and FMRC.
• Lightweight—installed premium roof
designs weigh less than 3 pounds
per square foot.
• Resilient—RUBEROID® MOP FR’s
heavy weight polyester mat core
allows it to resist splits and tears
due to its pliability and elongation
characteristics.
• Durable—specially formulated
modified asphalt gives
RUBEROID® MOP FR lasting
performance.
Advantages (Continued)
• RUBEROID® MOP FR is backed
by GAF, a company with over 100
years in the roofing business.
• Available with black or white
granules.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Type II, Grade G
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Classified
City of Los Angeles Report #2527
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(107.52 gross sq.ft.) (9.99m2)
Roll Length 32.56’ (9.92m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 103.7 lbs (47.04kg)
Product
Thickness
0.155” (3.9mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type II, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
100
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
70
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
5www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
DUAL FR
®
Description
RUBEROID® DUAL FR membrane
is a premium, heavy duty, fireretarding modified bitumen
membrane manufactured to
stringent GAF specifications.
Its core is a strong, premium
fiberglass/polyester/ composite
mat that is coated with an
inherently fire retardant SBS
polymer-modified asphalt and
surfaced with mineral granules.
Uses
RUBEROID® DUAL FR is designed
for new roofing and reroofing
applications where long-term
roof system performance is
specified.
Advantages
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
• No coating required for Class A
ratings from UL and FMRC.
• Lightweight—installed premium
roof designs weigh less than
3 pounds per square foot.
• Resilient—RUBEROID® DUAL
FR’s heavyweight composite
mat and core allow it to
resist splits and tears due
to its strength, pliability and
elongation characteristics.
Advantages (Continued)
• Durable —specially
formulated modified asphalt
gives RUBEROID® DUAL FR
lasting performance.
• RUBEROID® DUAL FR is backed
by GAF, a company with over
100 years in the roofing business.
A
• vailable with black or
white granules.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6162, Type II, Grade G
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
UL/ULc Classified
Texas Department of Insurance Report RC-49
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(106.9 gross sq.ft.) (9.93m2)
Roll Length 32.56’ (9.92m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 104.9 lbs (47.58kg)
Product
Thickness
0.164” (4.17mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6162, Type II, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
125
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
2
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
90
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
6www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
DUAL SMOOTH
®
Description
RUBEROID® DUAL SMOOTH
membrane is a premium, heavy
duty, modified bitumen membrane
manufactured to stringent GAF
specifications. Its core is a strong,
premium fiberglass / polyester /
composite mat that is coated with
an SBS polymer-modified asphalt
and is smooth-surfaced. NOTE:
Smooth-surfaced mop applied
installations must be protected
with surfacing.
Uses
RUBEROID® DUAL SMOOTH
is designed for new roofing and
reroofing applications, as well
as the construction of flashings.
RUBEROID® DUAL SMOOTH is
also an ideal product for repairs
of built-up roofing membranes or
modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
• Guarantees are available for up
to 20 years.
• No coating required for Class
A ratings from UL.
• Lightweight—installed premium
roof designs weigh less than
3 pounds per square foot.
• Resilient—RUBEROID®
DUAL SMOOTH’s heavyweight
composite mat and core allow it
to resist splits and tears due to its
strength, pliability and elongation
characteristics.
Advantages (Continued)
• Durable—specially formulated
modified asphalt gives
RUBEROID® DUAL SMOOTH
lasting performance.
• RUBEROID® DUAL SMOOTH
is backed by GAF, a company
with over 100 years in the roofing
business.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6162, Type II, Grade S
UL/ULc Classified
FM Approved
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(106.9 gross sq.ft.) (9.93m2)
Roll Length 32.56’ (9.92m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 92.5 lbs (41.96kg)
Product
Thickness
0.138” (3.51mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6162, Type II, Grade S, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
125
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
2
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
90
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
7www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
®
MOP PLUS SMOOTH
Description
RUBEROID® MOP PLUS SMOOTH
membrane is a premium, heavy
duty, modified bitumen membrane
manufactured to stringent GAF
specifications. Its core is a strong,
resilient non-woven polyester mat
that is coated with flexible, SBS
polymer-modified asphalt and is
smooth surfaced. Smooth surfaced
mop applied installations must be
protected with surfacing.
Uses
RUBEROID® MOP PLUS SMOOTH
is designed for new roofing and
reroofing applications as well
as the construction of flashings.
RUBEROID® MOP PLUS SMOOTH
is also an ideal product for repairs
of built-up roofing membranes or
other modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
•Guarantees are available for
up to 20 years
• Lightweight—installed roof
designs weigh less than
2 pounds per square foot.
• Durable —specially formulated
modified asphalt gives
RUBEROID® MOP PLUS
SMOOTH lasting performance.
Advantages (Continued)
• Resilient—RUBEROID® MOP PLUS
SMOOTH’s heavy weight polyester
mat core allows it to resist splits
and tears due to its pliability and
elongation characteristics.
• RUBEROID MOP PLUS SMOOTH
membrane is backed by GAF, a
company with over 100 years in the
roofing business.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Type II, Grade S
FM Approved
ICC ESR#1274 Pending
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(107.5 gross sq.ft.) (9.9m2)
Roll Length 32.56’ (9.9m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1006.5mm)
Approx.
Roll Weight 80 lbs (36.29kg)
Product
Thickness
0.120” (3.05mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type II, Grade S, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
100
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
70
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
8www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
®
MOP SMOOTH 1.5
Description
RUBEROID® MOP SMOOTH 1.5
membrane is a tough, resilient
modified bitumen membrane
manufactured to stringent GAF
specifications. Its core is a strong,
resilient, non-woven polyester mat
that is coated with flexible, SBS
polymer-modified asphalt and
is smooth surfaced. Smooth
surfaced mop applied installations
must be protected with surfacing.
Uses
RUBEROID® MOP SMOOTH 1.5
is designed for new roofing and
reroofing applications as well
as the construction of flashings.
RUBEROID® MOP SMOOTH 1.5 is
also an ideal product for repairs
of built-up roofing membranes or
other modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
•Typical system guarantees
available for up to 15 years,
select system constructions
available with up to 20 year
guarantee coverage.­
• Lightweight—installed roof
designs weigh less than 2
pounds per square foot.
• Durable —specially formulated
modified asphalt gives
RUBEROID® MOP SMOOTH 1.5
lasting performance.
Advantages (Continued)
• Resilient — RUBEROID® MOP
SMOOTH 1.5’s polyester mat
core allows it to resist splits and
tears due to its pliability and
elongation characteristics.
• RUBEROID® MOP SMOOTH 1.5
membrane is backed by GAF, a
company with over 100 years in
the roofing business.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade S
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1.5 square
(163.5 gross sq.ft.) (15.9m2)
Roll Length 49.5’ (15.09m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 89.5 lbs (40.6kg)
Product
Thickness
0.090” (2.29mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade S, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
55
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
9www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
MOP 170 FR
®
Description
RUBEROID® MOP 170 FR membrane
is a fire-retarding modified bitumen
membrane manufactured to stringent GAF specifications. Its core
is a strong, resilient non-woven
polyester mat that is coated with
an inherently fire retardant SBS
polymer-modified asphalt and
surfaced with mineral granules.
Uses
RUBEROID® MOP 170 FR is designed
for new roofing and reroofing
applications where long-term roof
system performance is specified.
Advantages
• T
ypical system guarantees
available for up to 15 years,
select system constructions
available with up to 20 year
guarantee coverage.­
• No coating required for Class
A ratings from UL and FMRC.
• Lightweight—installed roof
designs weigh less than 2
pounds per square foot.
®
R
• esilient—RUBEROID MOP
170 FR’s special polyester mat
core allows it to resist splits
and tears due to its pliability
and elongation characteristics.
• Durable—specially formulated
modified asphalt gives
RUBEROID® MOP 170 FR
lasting performance.
Advantages (Continued)
• RUBEROID® MOP 170 FR
is backed by GAF, a company
with over 100 years in the
roofing business.
• Available with black or
white granules.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade G
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Classified
City of Los Angeles RR 25271
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(108.3 gross sq.ft.) (10.07m2)
Roll Length 32.8’ (10.0m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 102.5 lbs (46.49kg)
Product
Thickness
0.155” (3.94mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
55
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
10www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
MOP GRANULE
®
Description
RUBEROID® MOP GRANULE
membrane is a tough, resilient
modified bitumen membrane
manufactured to stringent GAF
specifications. Its core is a strong,
resilient, non-woven polyester
mat that is coated flexible, SBS
polymer-modified asphalt and is
surfaced with mineral granules.­­
Uses
RUBEROID® MOP GRANULE
is designed for new roofing and
reroofing applications as well
as the construction of flashings.
RUBEROID® MOP GRANULE is
also an ideal product for repairs
of built-up roofing membranes or
other modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
•T
ypical system guarantees
available for up to 15 years,
select system constructions
available with up to 20 year
guarantee coverage.
• Lightweight—installed roof
designs weigh less than 2
pounds per square foot.
• Durable —specially formulated
modified asphalt gives
RUBEROID® MOP GRANULE
lasting performance.
• Resilient —RUBEROID® MOP
GRANULE’S polyester mat
core allows it to resist splits
and tears due to its pliability
and elongation characteristics.
Advantages (Continued)
• RUBEROID® MOP GRANULE
membrane is backed by GAF,
a company with over 100 years
in the roofing business.
• Available in granulated black,
white, burnt sienna blend, cedar
blend, slate blend, weathered
wood blend.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade G
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Classified
City of Los Angeles RR 25271
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(107.5 gross sq.ft.) (9.99m2)
Roll Length 32.56’ (9.92m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 90 lbs (41kg)
Product
Thickness
0.140” (3.56mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
55
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
11www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
30FR
®
Description
RUBEROID® 30FR membrane
is a fire-retarding modified
bitumen membrane manufactured
to stringent GAF specifications.
Its core is a strong resilient,
non-woven glass mat that is
coated with an inherently fire
retardant SBS polymer modified
asphalt and surfaced with
mineral granules.
Uses
RUBEROID® 30FR is designed
for new roofing including GAF’s
20/30FR system and recover
applications as well as in
the construction of flashings.
RUBEROID® 30FR is also an
ideal product for repairs of
built-up roofing membranes
or modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
• T ypical system guarantees
available for up to 15 years,
select system constructions
available with up to 20 year
guarantee coverage.
•D
urable—RUBEROID® 30FR
combines the strength of
fiberglass reinforcement with the elongation characteristic
of SBS modified asphalt.
L
• ightweight—installed roof
designs weigh less than 3 pounds per square foot.
Advantages (Continued)
•R
UBEROID® 30FR membrane
is backed by GAF, a company
with over 100 years in the
roofing business.
•N
o coating required for
Class A rating from UL.
•A
vailable with black or
white granules.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6163, Type I, Grade G
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Classified
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(110.5 gross sq.ft.) (10.27m2)
Roll Length 33.7’ (10.27m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 95.9 lbs (43.50kg)
Product
Thickness
0.140” (3.56mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6163, Type I, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
1
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
35
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
12www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID®
ENERGYCAP
SBS 30 FR
Description
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ SBS 30
FR modified bitumen membrane is
a fire-retarding modified bitumen
membrane with a factory applied
layer of TOPCOAT® EnergyCote™
elastomeric coating. EnergyCap™
SBS 30 FR is manufactured to
stringent GAF specifications. Its
core is a strong resilient, non-woven
glass mat that is coated with fire
retardant SBS polymer modified
asphalt and surfaced with extra fine
mineral granules and EnergyCote™
elastomeric coating.
Uses
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ SBS
30 FR modified bitumen membrane
is designed for new roofing including
new roofing and recover applications.
Advantages
• Typical system guarantees available
for up to 15 years, select system
constructions available with up
to 20 year guarantee coverage.
• Durable—RUBEROID® EnergyCap™
SBS 30 FR modified bitumen
membrane combines the strength
of fiberglass reinforcement with the
elongation characteristic of SBS
Modified asphalt.
• Lightweight—installed roof designs
weigh less than 3 pounds per sq. ft.
• RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ SBS 30
FR modified bitumen membrane
is backed by GAF, a company
with over 100 years in the roofing
business.
™
Advantages (Continued)
• RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ SBS
30 FR modified bitumen membrane
is available in highly reflective
brilliant white only.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6163, Type I, Grade G
ASTM C1549, ASTM E903
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
State of Florida Approved
Ul/ULc Classified
TItle 24 Compliant
CRRC Listed
ENERGY STAR® Listed
Miami Dade County Product Control Approval
Product Specifications (nominal)
Energy Cap SBS 30 FR (glass mat)
1 square
Roll Size
(110.5 gross sq.ft.) (10.27m2)
Roll Length
33.7’ (10.27m)
Roll Width
Approx.
Roll Weight
Product
Thickness
39.375” (1.0m)
98.4 lbs (44.63kg)
0.140” (3.56mm)
Initial
Emissivity
0.84
Initial
Reflectivity
0.80
SRI (Solar Reflective Index) 99
Note: The emittance and reflectance values published are those required for Title 24 compliance as listed by CRRC. For certification or other
reflectance and emittance code requirements, different calculations may be used resulting in different values. All EnergyCap products meet
LEED requirements. Please contact technical services at 1-800-766-3411 for assistance and submittal information.
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6163, Type I, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (nom.), %
ASTM D5147
1
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
35
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
13www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
30
®
Description
RUBEROID® 30 membrane is a
tough, resilient modified bitumen
membrane manufactured to
stringent GAF specifications.
Its core is a strong resilient,
non-woven glass mat that is
coated with flexible, SBS
polymer modified asphalt and
surfaced with mineral granules.
Uses
RUBEROID® 30 is designed for
new roofing including GAF’s
20/30 system and recover
applications as well as in the
construction of flashings.
RUBEROID® 30 is also an ideal
product for repairs of built-up
roofing membranes or modified
bitumen systems.
Advantages
• T ypical system guarantees
available for up to 15 years,
select system constructions
available with up to 20 year
guarantee coverage.
•D
urable—RUBEROID® 30
combines the strength of
fiberglass reinforcement with the elongation characteristic
of SBS Modified asphalt.
• L ightweight—installed roof
designs weigh less than 3
pounds per square foot.
Advantages (Continued)
•R
UBEROID® 30 membrane is backed by GAF, a company
with over 100 years in the
roofing business.
•N
o coating required—available with black or white granules.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6163, Type I, Grade G
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Classified
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(110.5 gross sq.ft.) (10.27m2)
Roll Length 33.7’ (10.3m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 95.9 lbs (43.50kg)
Product
Thickness
0.140” (3.56mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6163, Type I, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
1
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
35
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
14www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
20
®
Description
RUBEROID® 20 membrane
is a tough, resilient modified
bitumen membrane manufactured
to stringent GAF specifications.
Its core is a strong, resilient
non-woven glass mat that is
coated with flexible, SBS
polymer-modified asphalt.
Uses
RUBEROID® 20 is designed
for new roofing and recover
applications as well as in
the construction of flashings.
RUBEROID® 20 is an ideal base
or interply roofing membrane
in modified bitumen systems
including GAF CompositeRoof™
and 20/30 systems.
Advantages
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years
• Lightweight—installed roof
designs weigh less than three
pounds per square foot.
• Durable—combines the strength
of fiberglass reinforcement with
the elongation characteristics
of SBS modified asphalt.
Advantages (Continued)
• RUBEROID® 20 membrane is
backed by GAF, a company
with over 100 years in the
roofing business.
• Available as a smooth surface.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6163, Type I, Grade S
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Classified
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1.5 square
(165.1 gross sq.ft.) (15.3m2)
Roll Length 50.3’ (15.34m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 89.0 lbs (40.37kg)
Product
Thickness
0.085” (2.1mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6163, Type I, Grade S, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
1
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
35
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
15www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID®
ENERGYCAP
SBS HEAT-WELD PLUS FR
™
™
Description
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ SBS Heat-Weld™
Plus FR is a modified bitumen membrane
with a factory applied premium heavy duty
fire retarding modified bitumen membrane
and a factory applied layer of TOPCOAT®
EnergyCote™ elastomeric coating.
EnergyCap™ SBS Heat-Weld™ Plus FR
is manufactured to stringent GAF specifications. Its core is a strong, heavy-weight,
resilient non-woven polyester mat that is
coated with fire resistant SBS polymer
modified asphalt and surfaced with extra
fine mineral granules and EnergyCote™
elastomeric coating.
Uses
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ SBS Heat-Weld™
Plus FR modified bitumen membrane is
designed for new roofing and reroofing
applications where long term roof system
performance is specified.
Advantages
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
• Cost effective—the installed cost
of RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ SBS
Heat-Weld™ Plus FR is much less than
installing a reflective coating on top of
a standard white granule membrane.
• Lightweight—installed premium roof
systems weigh less than 3 pounds
per sq. ft.
• Resilient—RUBEROID® EnergyCap™
SBS Heat-Weld™ Plus FR’s heavyweight
polyester mat core allows it to resist
splits and tears due to its pliability and
elongation characteristics
• Durable—specially formulated modified
asphalt gives RUBEROID® EnergyCap™
SBS Heat-Weld™ Plus FR lasting
performance
Advantages (Continued)
• RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ SBS
Heat-Weld™ Plus FR modified bitumen
membrane is backed by GAF, a
company with over 100 years in
the roofing business.
• RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ SBS
Heat-Weld™ Plus FR modified
bitumen membrane is available in
highly reflective brilliant white only
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Types I & II, Grade G
ASTM E903, ASTM E408
TItle 24 Compliant, ENERGY STAR® Qualified
(expected)
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(108.1 gross sq.ft.) (10.04m2)
Roll Length
32.75’ (9.98m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight
108 lbs (49kg)
Product
Thickness
0.165” (4.19mm)
Initial
Emissivity* 0.82
Initial
Reflectivity* 0.75
SRI (Solar Reflective Index) 91
Note: The emittance and reflectance values published are those
required for Title 24 compliance as listed by CRRC.
For certification or other reflectance and emittance code requirements,
different calculations may be used resulting in different values. All
EnergyCap products meet LEED requirements. Please contact technical
services at 1-800-766-3411 for assistance and submittal information.
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Types I & II, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F, (lbf/in)
ASTM D5147
100 min
Elongation @ 0°F, (%)
ASTM D5147
20 min
Low Temperature Flexibility, (°F)
ASTM D5147
0°F max (-18°C)
Tear Strength, (lbf)
ASTM D5147
70 min
Dimensional Stability, (%)
ASTM D5147
1.0 max
16www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
®
SBS HEAT-WELD™ PLUS FR
Description
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
PLUS FR is a premium, heavy
duty fire-retarding SBS modified
bitumen membrane that can be
installed without the use of hot
asphalt. Its core is a strong, resilient,
non-woven polyester mat that is
coated with an inherently fire
retardant polymer modified asphalt
and surfaced with mineral granules.
Uses
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
PLUS FR is designed for new
roofing and recovering applications
as well as the construction of
flashings. RUBEROID® SBS
HEAT-WELD™ PLUS FR is also
an ideal product for repairs of
built-up roofing membranes or
other modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
• Lightweight— installed roof
designs weigh less than 2 pounds
per square foot.
• Durable —specially formulated
modified asphalt gives RUBEROID®
SBS HEAT-WELD™ PLUS FR
lasting performance.
• Specially formulated poly burn-off
film allows for easy installation
• Heat welding allows for kettle
free operation.
Advantages (Continued)
• Resilient—RUBEROID® SBS
HEAT-WELD™ PLUS FR premium•
polyester mat core allows it to resist
splits and tears due to its pliability
and elongation characteristics.
• RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
PLUS FR membrane is backed
by GAF, a company with over
100 years in the roofing business.
• No coatings required for Class A
ratings from UL and FMRC.
• Available with granular surface:
black, white.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Types I & II, Grade G
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(107.7 gross sq.ft.) (10.0m2)
Roll Length 32.6’ (9.9m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 105 lbs (47.6kg)
Product
Thickness
0.165” (4.19mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Types I & II, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
100
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
70
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
17www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
®
SBS HEAT-WELD™ PLUS
Description
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
PLUS is a premium SBS modified
bitumen membrane that can be
installed without the use of
hot asphalt. Its core is a strong,
resilient, non-woven polyester
mat that is coated with a polymermodified asphalt and surfaced
with mineral granules.
Uses
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
PLUS is designed for new roofing and recovering applications as well as the construction of flashings. RUBEROID
SBS HEAT WELD PLUS is also
an ideal product for repairs of
built-up roofing membranes or
other modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
• Lightweight— installed roof
designs weigh less than
2 pounds per square foot.
• Durable —specially formulated
modified asphalt gives
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
PLUS lasting performance.
• Specially formulated poly burn-off
film allows for easy installation.
• Heat welding allows for kettle
free operation.
Advantages (Continued)
• Resilient—RUBEROID
SBS
HEAT-WELD PLUS premium
polyester mat core allows it
to resist splits and tears due
to its pliability and elongation
characteristics.
R
• UBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
PLUS membrane is backed by
GAF, a company with over 100
years in the roofing business.
• Available with granular surface:
black, white.
®
™
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Types I & II, Grade G
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(107.7 gross sq.ft.) (10.0m2)
Roll Length 32.6’ (9.9m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 105 lbs (47.6kg)
Product
Thickness
0.165” (4.2mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Types I & II, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
100
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
70
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
18www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
®
SBS HEAT-WELD™ 170 FR
Description
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
170 FR is a tough, fire-retarding
SBS modified bitumen membrane
that can be installed without the use
of hot asphalt. Its core is a strong,
resilient, non-woven polyester mat
that is coated with an inherently
fire retardant polymer modified
asphalt and surfaced with mineral
granules.
Uses
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
170 FR is designed for new roofing
and recovering applications
as well as the construction of
flashings. RUBEROID® SBS
HEAT-WELD™ 170 FR is also an
ideal product for repairs of
built-up roofing membranes or
other modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
• Typical system guarantees
available for up to 15 years,
select system constructions
available with up to 20 year
guarantee coverage.
• Lightweight— installed roof
designs weigh less than 2 pounds
per square foot.
• Durable —specially formulated
modified asphalt gives RUBEROID®
SBS HEAT-WELD™ 170 FR lasting
performance.
• Specially formulated poly burn-off
film allows for easy installation.
• Heat welding allows for kettle
free operation.
• Resilient—RUBEROID® SBS HEATWELD™ 170 FR polyester mat core
Advantages (Continued)
• allows it to resist splits and tears
due to its pliability and elongation
characteristics.
•R
UBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
170 FR membrane is backed by
GAF, a company with over 100
years in the roofing business.
• No coatings required for Class A
ratings from UL and FMRC.
• Available with granular surface:
black, white.
Applicable Standards
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(107.7 gross sq.ft.) (10.0m2)
Roll Length 32.6’ (9.9m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 104 lbs (47.2kg)
Product
Thickness
0.161” (4.1mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
55
Dimensional Stability, (max)%
ASTM D5147
1
19www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
®
SBS HEAT-WELD™ GRANULE
Description
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
GRANULE is a tough, resilient SBS
modified bitumen membrane that
can be installed without the use
of hot asphalt. Its core is a strong,
resilient, non-woven polyester
mat that is coated with an SBS
polymer-modified asphalt and
surfaced with mineral granules.
Uses
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
GRANULE is designed for new
roofing and recovering applications as well as the construction
of flashings. RUBEROID® SBS
HEAT-WELD™ GRANULE is also
an ideal product for repairs of
built-up roofing membranes or
other modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
• Typical system guarantees
available for up to 15 years,
select system constructions
available with up to 20 year
guarantee coverage.
• Lightweight— installed roof
designs weigh less than 2 pounds
per square foot.
• Durable —specially formulated
modified asphalt gives RUBEROID®
SBS HEAT-WELD™ GRANULE
lasting performance.
• Specially formulated poly burn-off
film allows for easy installation.
• Heat welding allows for kettle
free operation.
• Resilient—RUBEROID® SBS HEATWELD™ GRANULE polyester mat
core allows it to resist splits and
Advantages (Continued)
• tears due to its pliability and
elongation characteristics.
UBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
•R
membrane is backed by GAF, a
company with over 100 years in
the roofing business.
• Available with granular surface:
black, white.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade G
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(107.7 gross sq.ft.) (10.0m2)
Roll Length 32.6’ (9.9m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 104.4 lbs (47.4kg)
Product
Thickness
0.164” (4.17mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
55
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
20www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
®
SBS HEAT-WELD™ SMOOTH
Description
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
SMOOTH membrane is a tough,
resilient modified bitumen membrane manufactured to stringent
GAF specifications. Its core is
a strong, resilient, non-woven
polyester mat that is coated
with flexible, polymer-modified
asphalt and is smooth surfaced.
Smooth surfaced SBS HEATWELD installations must be
protected with surfacing.
Uses
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
SMOOTH is designed for new
roofing and recovering applications as well as the construction
of flashings. RUBEROID® SBS
HEAT-WELD™ SMOOTH is also an
ideal product for repairs of built-up
roofing membranes or other
modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
ystem guarantees are available
•S
for up to 20 years.
• Cost effective–the installed cost
is less than most single-ply
systems on the market today.
ight weight–installed roof
•L
designs weigh less than 2
pounds per square foot.
Advantages (Continued)
urable–specially formulated •D
modified asphalt gives lasting
performance.
esilient polyester mat core
•R
allows it to resist splits and
tears due to its pliability and
elongation characteristics.
UBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
•R
SMOOTH membrane is backed
by GAF, a company with over
100 years in the roofing business.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade S
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(107.7 gross sq.ft.) (10.0m2)
Roll Length 32.6’ (9.9m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 104 lbs (47.2kg)
Product
Thickness
0.165” (4.2mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade S, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
55
Dimensional Stability, (max)%
ASTM D5147
1
21www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
®
SBS HEAT-WELD™ 25
Description
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™ 25
membrane is a tough, resilient
modified bitumen membrane
manufactured to stringent GAF
specifications. Its core is a strong,
resilient non-woven glass mat that
is coated with flexible, polymer
modified asphalt.
Uses
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™ 25
is designed for new roofing and
recovering applications as well as
in the construction of flashings.
RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™ 25
is an ideal base or interply
roofing membrane in modified
bitumen systems.
Advantages
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.­­
• Cost effective–the installed cost
of SBS HEAT-WELD systems is
less than most single-ply
systems on the market today.
L
• ightweight–installed roof
designs weigh less than two
pounds per square foot.
• Durable–combines the strength
of fiberglass reinforcement with
the elongation characteristics of SBS modified asphalt.
Advantages (Continued)
• RUBEROID® SBS HEAT-WELD™
25 membrane is backed by
GAF, a company with over 100
years in the roofing business.
• Available as a smooth surface.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6163, Type I, Grade S
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1.5 squares
(163.75 gross sq.ft.) (15.2m2)
Roll Length 50.0’ (15.2m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 105 lbs (47.6kg)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6163, Type I, Grade S, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
1
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
35
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
22www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
WORKHORSE™
ROOFMATCH
™
SBS GRANULAR
Description
ROOFMatch™ SBS Granular
membranes are tough, resilient
modified bitumen membranes
manufactured to stringent
specifications. The core is a strong,
resilient, non-woven polyester mat
that is coated with flexible, SBS
polymer-modified asphalt and is
surfaced with mineral granules.
Uses
ROOFMatch™ SBS Granular is
designed for new roofing and
reroofing applications as well as
the construction of flashings.
ROOFMatch™ SBS Granular is
also an ideal product for repairs
of built-up roofing membranes or
other modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
• Typical system guarantees
available for up to 15 years,
select system constructions
available with up to 20 year
guarantee coverage.
• Lightweight—installed roof
designs weigh less than 2
pounds per square foot.
• Durable—specially formulated
modified asphalt for lasting
performance.
Advantages (Continued)
• Resilient— ROOFMatch™ SBS
Granular’s polyester mat core
allows it to resist splits and tears
due to its pliability and elongation
characteristics.
• ROOFMatch™ SBS Granular
is backed by GAF, a company
with over 100 years in the roofing
business.
• Available in five granular colors;
hickory, shakewood, slate,
weathered wood and tan.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade G
FM Approved
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
UL/ULc Classified
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(107.5 gross sq.ft.) (9.99m2)
Roll Length 32.56’ (9.92m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 90 lbs (40.82kg)
Product
Thickness
0.140” (3.56mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type I, Grade G, minimum requirements:
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (nom.), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max.), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
55
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
See GAF Applications and Specification Manual or UL Directory for specific approvals
©2012 GAF 1/12
23www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ULTRACLAD SBS
®
FOIL-FACED MEMBRANE
Description
ULTRACLAD® SBS Foil-Faced
Membrane is a premium, fire
retarding bitumen membrane
manufactured to stringent GAF
specifications. ULTRACLAD® SBS Foil-Faced Membrane is
manufactured using a high
tensile woven fiberglass scrim
coated with an SBS modified
asphalt, which provides excellent
cold temperature flexibility and
elongation properties. The
membrane is covered with
a protective foil facing with
small built-in control channels.
Uses
ULTRACLAD® SBS Foil-Faced
Membrane is designed for new
roofing and reroofing applications
where long-term flashing
and roof system performance
is specified. ULTRACLAD® SBS
Foil-Faced Membrane can be
applied using heat welding methods.
Advantages
•G
uarantees are available for
up to 20 years.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Advantages (continued)
•S
BS Modifier provides flexibility
for easy installation.
•A
vailable in aluminum, copper*,
stainless steel* and a variety of
architectural colors* (*special
order).
• ULTRACLAD® SBS Foil-Faced
Membrane is used as a premium
modified cap sheet in SBS
modified or BUR system flashing.
• Embossed metal surface provides
pleasing aesthetics and energy
saving reflectivity.
Applicable Standards
UL approved for use in the construction of
Class A, B, or C roof systems
ASTM D6298
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(110.6 gross sq.ft.) (10.27m2)
Roll Length 33.4’ (10.1m)
Roll Width
39.75” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 101 lbs (45.8kg)
Product
Thickness
0.145” (3.7mm)
24www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
®
SA FR CAP SHEET
Description
RUBEROID® SA FR Cap Sheet is
a durable, self-adhering modified
bitumen membrane designed and
manufactured to meet industry
and code requirements. The
product is designed for use as
a waterproofing membrane and
is reinforced with a polyester mat,
which is coated with a polymermodified asphalt. RUBEROID®
SA FR Cap Sheet is a granulesurfaced roofing membrane
designed to be used with
RUBEROID® SA Base/Ply or
Liberty™ MA Mechanically Attached
Base Sheet to provide long-lasting
protection for the low-slope areas
of your property. System guarantees are available for up to 20
years. RUBEROID® SA Systems
are applied without torches, open
flames, hot asphalt, or messy
solvent-based adhesives and
are suitable for primed plywood
decks and many other substrates.
Technical and Sales information
can be obtained through the
GAF Contractor Services Hotline,
(800) 766-3411.
Application
RUBEROID® SA FR Cap Sheet is
applied to approved substrates
using its unique self-adhering
formulation.
Applicable Standards
Meets Performance Requirements
of ASTM D6164, Type I, ASTM D1970
ICC Pending
UL/ULc Listed
FM Approved
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(111.6 gross sq.ft.) (10.4m2)
Roll Length 34.0’ (10.4m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 99 lbs (44kg)
Product
Thickness
0.157” (4mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type I, minimum requirements:
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (nom.), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max.), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
55
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
Data reported based on available independent
and in-house resources. GAF reserves the right
to change or modify, at its discretion, and
without prior notice, any of the information,
requirements, specifications or policies
contained in this document.
©2012 GAF 1/12
25www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
®
SA CAP SHEET
Description
RUBEROID® SA Cap Sheet is a
durable, self-adhering modified
bitumen membrane designed
and manufactured to meet industry
and code requirements. The
product is designed for use as a
waterproofing membrane and is
reinforced with a polyester mat,
which is coated with a polymermodified asphalt. RUBEROID® SA
Cap Sheet is a granule-surfaced
roofing membrane designed to be
used with RUBEROID® SA Base/
Ply or Liberty™ MA Mechanically
Attached Base Sheet to provide
long-lasting protection for the
low-slope areas of your property.
System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years. RUBEROID®
SA Systems are applied without
torches, open flames, hot asphalt,
or messy solvent-based adhesives
and are suitable for primed
plywood decks and many other
substrates. Technical and Sales
information can be obtained
through the GAF Contractor
Services Hotline, (800) 766-3411.
Application
RUBEROID® SA Cap Sheet is
applied to approved substrates
using its unique self-adhering
formulation.
Applicable Standards
Meets Performance Requirements
of ASTM D6164, Type I, ASTM D1970
ICC Pending
UL/ULc Listed
FM Approved
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(111.6 gross sq.ft.) (10.4m2)
Roll Length 34.0’ (10.4m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 97 lbs (44kg)
Product
Thickness
0.157” (4mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type I, minimum requirements:
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (nom.), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max.), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
55
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
Data reported based on available independent
and in-house resources. GAF reserves the right
to change or modify, at its discretion, and
without prior notice, any of the information,
requirements, specifications or policies
contained in this document.
©2012 GAF 1/12
26www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
®
SA BASE/PLY SHEET
Description
RUBEROID® SA Base/Ply is a
Self-Adhering Base/Ply Sheet.
It is a durable, modified bitumen
membrane designed and
manufactured to meet industry
and code requirements. The
product is designed for use as a
waterproofing membrane and is
reinforced with a glass mat, which
is coated with a polymer-modified
asphalt. RUBEROID® SA Base/
Ply Sheet is a self-adhering roofing
membrane designed for use with
RUBEROID® SA Cap Sheet or
RUBEROID® SA Cap FR Sheet
to provide long-lasting protection
for the low-slope areas of your
property. System guarantees are
available for up to 20 years.
RUBEROID® SA Systems are
applied without torches, open
flames, hot asphalt, or messy
solvent-based adhesives and are
suitable for primed plywood decks
and many other substrates.
Technical and Sales information
Description (Continued)
can be obtained through the
GAF Contractor Services Hotline,
(800) 766-3411.
Application
RUBEROID® SA Base/Ply Sheet
is applied using its unique selfadhering formulation.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6163, Type I
ICC Pending
UL/ULc Listed
FM Approved
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
2 squares
(216.6 gross sq.ft.) (20.1m2)
Roll Length 66’ (20.1m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 82 lbs (37.2kg)
Product
Thickness
0.068” (1.73mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6163, Type I, minimum requirements:
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (nom.), %
ASTM D5147
1
Low Temperature Flexibility (max.), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
35
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
Data reported based on available independent
and in-house resources. GAF reserves the right
to change or modify, at its discretion, and
without prior notice, any of the information,
requirements, specifications or policies
contained in this document.
©2012 GAF 1/12
27www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
LIBERTY
SBS SELF-ADHERING CAP SHEET
™
Description
Liberty™ SBS Self-Adhering Cap
Sheet is a durable, modified bitumen membrane designed and
manufactured to meet industry and
code requirements. The product is
designed for use as a waterproofing membrane and is reinforced
with a polyester mat, which is
coated with a polymer-modified
asphalt. Liberty™ SBS Self-Adhering
Cap Sheet is a granule-surfaced
roofing membrane designed to
be used with Liberty™ SBS SelfAdhering Base/Ply or Liberty™
MA Mechanically Attached Base
Sheet to provide long-lasting protection for the low-slope areas of
your property. System guarantees
are available for up to 20 years.
Liberty™ Systems are applied
without torches, open flames, hot
asphalt, or messy solvent-based
adhesives and are suitable for
primed plywood decks and many
other substrates. Technical and
Sales information can be obtained
through the GAF Contractor
Services Hotline, (800) 766-3411.
Application
Liberty™ SBS Self-Adhering Cap
Sheet is applied to approved
substrates using its unique
self-adhering formulation.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6164, Type I
FBC
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC Pending
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(111.6 gross sq.ft.) (10.4m2)
Roll Length 34.0’ (10.4m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 96.4 lbs (43.7kg)
Product
Thickness
0.157” (4mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6164, Type I, minimum requirements:
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (nom.), %
ASTM D5147
20
Low Temperature Flexibility (max.), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
55
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
Data reported based on available
independent and in-house resources.
GAF reserves the right to change
or modify, at its discretion, and without
prior notice, any of the information,
requirements, specifications or
policies contained in this document.
©2012 GAF 1/12
28www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
LIBERTY
SBS SELF-ADHERING BASE/PLY SHEET
™
Description
Liberty™ SBS Self-Adhering Base/
Ply Sheet is a durable, modified
bitumen membrane designed and
manufactured to meet industry and
code requirements. The product
is designed for use as a waterproofing membrane and is
reinforced with a glass mat,
which is coated with a polymermodified asphalt. Liberty™ SBS
Self-Adhering Base/Ply Sheet is a
self-adhering roofing membrane
designed for use with Liberty™
SBS Self-Adhering Cap Sheet or
Liberty™ SBS Self-Adhering Cap
FR Sheet to provide long-lasting
protection for the low-slope
areas of your property. System
guarantees are available for up
to 20 years. Liberty™ Systems
are applied without torches,
open flames, hot asphalt, or
messy solvent-based adhesives
and are suitable for primed
plywood decks and many other
substrates.
Technical and Sales information
can be obtained through the
GAF Contractor Services Hotline,
(800) 766-3411.
Application
Liberty™ SBS Self-Adhering Base/
Ply Sheet is applied using its
unique self-adhering formulation.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6163, Type I
FM Approved
ICC Pending
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
2 squares
(216.6 gross sq.ft.) (20.1m2)
Roll Length 66’ (20.1m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 82 lbs (37.2kg)
Product
Thickness
0.07” (1.73mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6163, Type I, minimum requirements:
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (nom.), %
ASTM D5147
1
Low Temperature Flexibility (max.), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
35
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
Data reported based on available
independent and in-house resources.
GAF reserves the right to change
or modify, at its discretion, and without
prior notice, any of the information,
requirements, specifications or
policies contained in this document.
©2012 GAF 1/12
29www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
LIBERTY MA
™
MECHANICALLY ATTACHED BASE SHEET
Description
Liberty™ MA Mechanically Attached
Base Sheet is a durable, modified
bitumen membrane designed and
manufactured to meet industry and
code requirements. The product is
designed for use as a base membrane for self-adhered roof systems
and is reinforced with mat, which
is coated with a polymer-modified
asphalt. Liberty™ MA Mechanically
Attached Base Sheet is approved
with a proprietary film surface that
assures a good bond for selfadhered membranes. System
guarantees are available for up
to 20 years. Liberty™ Systems are
applied without torches, open
flames, hot asphalt, or messy
solvent-based adhesives and
are suitable for primed for many
substrates. Technical and Sales
information can be obtained
through the GAF Contractor
Services Hotline, (800) 766-3411.
Application
Liberty™ MA Mechanically
Attached Base Sheet should
be applied to a plywood deck
or other nailable surfaces and
mechanically fastened using
Drill•Tec™ Screws according to
applicable specifications.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6163, Type I
FM Approved
ICC Pending
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
Ul/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
2 squares
(216.6 gross sq.ft.) (20.1m2)
Roll Length 66’ (20.1m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 82 lbs (37.2kg)
Product
Thickness
0.068” (1.73mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6163, Type I, minimum requirements:
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
70
Elongation @ 0°F (nom.), %
ASTM D5147
1
Low Temperature Flexibility (max.), °F
ASTM D5147
0
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
35
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
Data reported based on available independent and in-house resources. GAF reserves
the right to change or modify, at its discretion, and without prior notice, any of the information,
requirements, specifications or policies contained in this document.
©2012 GAF 1/12
30www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
WEATHER WATCH XT
®
Description
Weather Watch® XT is an SBS
modified self-adhering leak
barrier that serves dual purpose
as a low slope self-adhering
base sheet for use with SBS
heat-weld and APP membranes.
Description
The sheet is designed to meet
industry and code requirements.
Weather Watch® XT is fiberglass
reinforced for dimensional
stability and surfaced with a
high tack asphaltic compound
that provides an excellent
welding surface for membrane
attachment. The self-adhering
compound is compatible
with isocyanurate insulation.
Weather Watch® XT should be
covered with roofing membrane
the same day it is installed.
Staged construction is not
recommended. For additional
information on acceptable
substrates, codes, and
approvals, contact technical
services at 1-800-766-3411.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Advantages
• Self adhering compound forms
enhanced bond to the substrate
with the application of the heat
welded membrane
• Added tack surface melts
during application of the membrane forming a superior bond
• Meets all the physical
requirements of a traditional
base sheet
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D4601, Type II
Meets ASTM D1970
ICC Evaluation Reports Pending
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
2 square
(200 gross sq.ft.) (18.6m2)
Roll Length 66.7’ (20.3m)
Roll Width
36” (0.9m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 60 lbs (27.2kg)
Product
Thickness
0.053” (1.32mm)
31www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
STORMSAFE
™
ANCHOR SHEET
Description
StormSafe™ Anchor Sheet for
self-adhered membranes is a
tough, non-breathable synthetic
anchor sheet designed and
manufactured to meet industry
and code requirements for
self-adhered low slope roofing
applications.
It is a polypropylene woven
fabric coated on both sides
with polypropylene. StormSafe
Anchor Sheet is designed for use
as an anchor sheet for Liberty™
(Modified Bitumen) and Freedom™
TPO self-adhered roof systems.
StormSafe Anchor Sheet’s woven
fabric creates a tough, durable
reinforcement and its polypropylene coating makes it suitable
for many applications. StormSafe
Anchor Sheet is alkaline resistant,
making it suitable for use over
lightweight insulating concrete
systems. The tough woven fabric
makes it extremely tear resistant.
In addition, the polypropylene
coating ensures a good bond
with both the butyl adhesive of
Freedom™ membranes and the
SBS modified adhesive of Liberty™
SA Base/Ply and Liberty Cap
membranes.
Uses
StormSafe Anchor Sheet should
be applied with the beige color
on top (weather side) and white
color coating towards the deck
side. Suitable substrates include:
plywood, OSB, acceptable
©2012 GAF 1/12
Uses (Continued)
EnergyGuard™ Insulations, and
lightweight insulating concrete.
The product is designed to
be installed mechanically over
approved roofing substrates
using acceptable fasteners that
include galvanized nails with
1-inch integral heads or Drill•Tec™
fasteners and plates in accordance
with applicable specifications.
Prior to installing any self-adhering
membrane, StormSafe Anchor
Sheet must be clean and dry.
Use care walking on the sheet
when it is wet as it may be slippery.
Advantages
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
• Lightweight: Adds less than
1.3 lbs per sq to the system
• Durable: Woven fabric provides
superior tear strength and
excellent dimensional stability
Applicable Standards
Slip Sheet for Roofing Systems
AS TO EXTERNAL FIRE EXPOSURE
State of Florida Product Approval
See GAF Applications and Specification
Manual or UL Directory for specific approval
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
24 squares
(2400 gross sq.ft.) (222.97m2)
Roll Length 600’ (182.9m)
Roll Width
48” (1.2m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 67.9 lbs (30.8 kg)
32www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
WORKHORSE™
ROOFMATCH®
APP GRANULAR
Description
ROOFMatch™ APP Granular membranes are tough, resilient modified
bitumen membranes manufactured
to stringent specifications. The core
is a strong, resilient, non-woven
polyester mat that is coated with
weather-resistant, APP polymer
modified asphalt.
Uses
ROOFMatch™ APP Granular is
designed for new roofing and
reroofing applications as well
as flashings. ROOFMatch™ APP
Granular is also an ideal product
for repairs of built-up roofing
membranes or other modified
bitumen systems.
Advantages
• Typical system guarantees
available for up to 15 years,
select system constructions
available with up to 20 year
guarantee coverage.
installed cost
• Cost effective—the
of ROOFMatch™ APP Granular
is less than most single-ply
systems on the market today.
• Lightweight—installed roof
designs weigh less than 2
pounds per square foot.
• Resilient— ROOFMatch™ APP
Granular’s polyester mat core
allows it to resist splits and tears
due to its pliability and elongation
characteristics.
Advantages (Continued)
• Durable—specially formulated
modified asphalt for lasting
performance.
• ROOFMatch™ APP Granular
is backed by GAF, a company
with over 100 years in the
roofing business.
• Available in five granular colors;
hickory, shakewood, slate,
weathered wood and tan.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6222, Type I, Grade G
FM Approved
HUD Material Release #1216A
ICC Pending
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(106.5 gross sq.ft.) (9.8m2)
Roll Length 32.25’ (9.8m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 102 lbs (46kg)
Product
Thickness 0.157” (4mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6222, Type I, Grade G, minimum requirements:
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
60
Elongation @ 0°F (nom.), %
ASTM D5147
10
Low Temperature Flexibility (max.), °F
ASTM D5147
32
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
70
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
1
See GAF Application and Specifications Manual or UL Directory for specific approvals
©2012 GAF 1/12
33www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
TORCH FR
®
Description
RUBEROID® TORCH FR membrane is
a premium, fire-retarding modified
bitumen membrane manufactured to
stringent GAF specifications. Its core
is a strong, heavyweight, resilient nonwoven polyester mat that is coated
with an inherently fire-retardant APP
polymer modified asphalt and surfaced with mineral granules.
Uses
RUBEROID TORCH FR is designed
for new roofing and reroofing
applications where long-term roof
system performance is specified.
Advantages
• S
ystem guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
• No coating required for Class
A rating from UL and FMRC.
• Cost effective—the installed
cost of RUBEROID TORCH FR
is less than most single-ply
systems on the market today.
• Lightweight—instaIIed premium
roof designs weigh less than
3 pounds per square foot.
• Resilient—RUBEROID TORCH
FR’s heavyweight polyester mat
core allows it to resist splits
and tears due to its pliability
and elongation characteristics.
• Durable—specially formulated
modified asphalt gives RUBEROID
TORCH FR lasting performance.
Advantages (Continued)
• Wind uplift resistance—selected
roofing assemblies with RUBEROID
TORCH FR meet FMRC Class 1-180
when installed over concrete decks.
• RUBEROID TORCH FR membrane
is backed by GAF, a company
with over 100 years in the roofing
business.
• Available with black or white
granules.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6222, Type II, Grade G
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(106.7 gross sq.ft.) (9.8m2)
Roll Length 32.3’ (9.8m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 102 lbs (46.3kg)
Product
Thickness 0.177” (4.5mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6222, Type II, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
90
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
15
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
32
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
80
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
34www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID®
ENERGYCAP
TORCH PLUS FR
Description
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ Torch Plus FR
membrane is a premium, fire-retarding
modified bitumen membrane with a
factory applied layer of TOPCOAT®
EnergyCote™ elastomeric coating.
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ Torch Plus
FR is manufactured to stringent GAF
specifications. Its core is a strong,
resilient non-woven polyester mat that
is coated with fire-retardant APP polymer
modified asphalt and surfaced with extra
fine mineral granules and EnergyCote™
elastomeric coating.
™
Advantages (Continued)
• RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ Torch Plus
FR is available in high reflective brilliant
white only.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6222, Type II, Grade G
ASTM C1549, ASTM E903, ASTM E408
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
HUD Material Release #1216A
ICC ESR#1274
Uses
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ Torch Plus
FR is designed for new roofing and
reroofing applications where long-term
roof system performance is specified.
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
Advantages
• System guarantees are available for
up to 20 years.
• Cost effective—the installed cost of
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ Torch Plus
FR is much less than installing a
reflective coating on top of a standard
white granule membrane.
• Lightweight—instaIIed premium roof
systems weigh less than 3 pounds
per square foot.
• Resilient—RUBEROID® EnergyCap™
Torch Plus FR’s polyester mat
core allows it to resist splits and
tears due to its pliability and
elongation characteristics.
• Durable—specially formulated
modified asphalt gives RUBEROID®
EnergyCap™ Torch Plus FR
lasting performance.
• RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ Torch
Plus FR membrane is backed
by GAF, a company with over
100 years in the roofing business.
CRRC Listed
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department Of Insurance
UL/ULc Listed
Title 24 Compliant
ENERGY STAR® Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(106.7 gross sq.ft.) (9.9m2)
Roll Length
32.4’ (10.3m)
Roll Width
39.5” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight
106 lbs (48.1kg)
Product
Thickness
0.160” (4.06mm)
Initial
Emissivity
0.84
Initial
Reflectivity
0.80
SRI (Solar Reflectivity Index) 99
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6222, Type II, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
90
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
15
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
32
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
80
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
35www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID®
ENERGYCAP
™
TORCH GRANULE FR
Description
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ Torch Granule
FR membrane is fire-retarding modified
bitumen membrane with a factory
applied layer of TOPCOAT® EnergyCote™
elastomeric coating. EnergyCap™
EnergyCap™ Torch Granule FR is
manufactured to stringent GAF specifications. Its core is a strong, resilient
non-woven polyester mat that is coated
with fire-retardant APP polymer modified
asphalt and surfaced with extra fine
mineral granules and EnergyCote™
elastomeric coating.
Uses
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ Torch Granule
FR is designed for new roofing and
reroofing applications where long-term
roof system performance is specified.
Advantages
• Typical system guarantees available
for up to 15 years, select system
constructions available with up to
20 year guarantee coverage.
• Cost effective—the installed cost of
RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ Torch
Granule FR is much less than
installing a reflective coating on
top of a standard white granule
membrane.
• Lightweight—instaIIed premium roof
systems weigh less than 3 pounds
per square foot.
• Resilient—RUBEROID® EnergyCap™
Torch Granule FR’s polyester mat core
allows it to resist splits and tears due
to its pliability and elongation
characteristics.
• Durable—specially formulated
modified asphalt gives RUBEROID®
EnergyCap™ Torch Granule FR
lasting performance.
• RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ Torch
Granule FR membrane is backed
by GAF, a company with over 100
years in the roofing business.
Advantages (Continued)
• RUBEROID® EnergyCap™ Torch
Granule FR is available in high
reflective brilliant white only.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6222, Type I, Grade G
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
HUD Material Release #1216A
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
Ul/ULc Listed
CRRC Listed
Title 24 Compliant
ENERGY STAR® Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(106.7 gross sq.ft.) (9.9m2)
Roll Length 32.4’ (10.3m)
Roll Width
39.5” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 106 lbs (48.1kg)
Product
Thickness
0.160” (4mm)
Initial
Emissivity
.81
Initial
Reflectivity
.84
SRI (Solar Reflective Index) 104
Note: The emittance and reflectance values published are those required
for Title 24 compliance as listed by CRRC. For certification or other
reflectance and emittance code requirements, different calculations may
be used resulting in different values. All EnergyCap products meet LEED
requirements. Please contact technical services at 1-800-766-3411 for
assistance and submittal information.
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6222, Type I, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
60
Elongation @ 0F (nom.), %
ASTM D5147
10
Low Temperature Flexibility (max.), F
ASTM D5147
32
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
70
Dimensional Stability, %
ASTM D5147
0.5
36www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
TORCH GRANULE
®
Description
RUBEROID® TORCH Granule
membrane is a tough, resilient
modified bitumen membrane
manufactured to stringent GAF
specifications. Its core is a strong,
resilient, non-woven polyester mat
that is coated with weather resistant
APP polymer modified asphalt.
Uses
RUBEROID TORCH Granule
is designed for new roofing and
reroofing applications as well as
flashings. RUBEROID TORCH
Granule is also an ideal
product for repairs of built-up
roofing membrane or other
modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
• Typical system guarantees
available for up to 15 years,
select system constructions
available with up to 20 year
guarantee coverage.
• Cost effective—the installed
cost of RUBEROID TORCH
is less than most single-ply
systems on the market today.
• Lightweight—installed roof designs
weigh less than 2 pounds per
square foot.
• Resilient—RUBEROID TORCH’s
polyester mat core allows it to
resist splits and tears due to
its pliability and elongation
characteristics.
Advantages (Continued)
• Durable—specially formulated
modified asphalt for lasting
performance.
• RUBEROID TORCH GRANULE
is backed by GAF, a company
with over 100 years in the roofing
business.
• Available in smooth surface
and two granular colors: black
and white
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6222, Type I, Grade G
FM Approved
HUD Material Release #1216A
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
UL/ULc Listed
*See Ruberoid Application and Specification
Manual or UL Directory for specific approval.
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(106.5 gross sq.ft.) (9.8m2)
Roll Length 32.3’ (9.8m)
Roll Width
39.58” (.625m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 99 lbs (44.9kg)
Product
Thickness
0.160” (4mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6222, Type I, Grade G, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
60
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
10
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
32
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
70
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
<0.5
37www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
RUBEROID
TORCH SMOOTH
®
Description
RUBEROID® Torch Smooth
membrane is a tough, resilient
modified bitumen membrane
manufactured to stringent GAF
specifications. Its core is a strong,
resilient, non-woven polyester mat
that is coated with weather resistant,
APP polymer modified asphalt.
The membrane is available with
smooth surface.
Uses
RUBEROID Torch Smooth
is designed for new roofing
and reroofing applications as
well as flashings. RUBEROID
Torch Smooth is also an
ideal product for repairs of
built-up roofing membranes or
other modified bitumen systems.
Advantages
ypical system guarantees
•T
available for up to 15 years,
select system constructions
available with up to 20 year
guarantee coverage.
• Cost effective—the installed cost
of RUBEROID Torch Smooth
is less than most single-ply
systems on the market today.
• Lightweight— installed roof
designs weigh less than
2 pounds per square foot.
• Resilient —RUBEROID TORCH
SMOOTH’s polyester mat
core allows it to resist splits
and tears due to its pliability
Advantages (Continued)
• and elongation characteristics.
• Durable—specially formulated
modified asphalt for lasting
performance.
• RUBEROID TORCH SMOOTH
is backed by GAF, a company
with over 100 years in the roofing
business.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D6222, Type I, Grade S
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(106.5 gross sq.ft.) (9.8m2)
Roll Length 32.25’ (9.8m)
Roll Width
39.625” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 83.2 lbs (37.74kg)
Product
Thickness
0.148” (3.8mm)
This product meets or exceeds the following ASTM D6222, Type I, Grade S, minimum requirements:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property
Test Method
Value
Tensile Strength @ 0°F (min), lbf/in
ASTM D5147
60
Elongation @ 0°F (min), %
ASTM D5147
10
Low Temperature Flexibility (max), °F
ASTM D5147
32
Tear Strength (min), lbf
ASTM D5147
70
Dimensional Stability, (max) %
ASTM D5147
0.5
38www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
GAFGLAS®
ENERGYCAP
BUR MINERAL SURFACED CAP SHEET
Description
GAFGLAS® EnergyCap™ BUR
is a mineral surfaced cap sheet
surfaced with extra fine mineral
granules and a factory applied
layer of TopCoat® EnergyCote™
elastomeric coating.
Uses
GAFGLAS® EnergyCap™ BUR
mineral surfaced cap sheet is
used as the surfacing ply in the
application of hot applied built-up
roofs and as a top ply in base
flashing construction.
Advantages
• Cost effective—Energy Star®
qualified, Title 24 compliant
cap sheet, without the added
expense of installing a reflective
coating after the roof is installed.
• Systems guarantees up to
20 years available.
• Durability—glass base resists
the effects of moisture on the
roof system.
• Code approvals—UL Class A,
B, or C membrane constructions
are available.
©2012 GAF 1/12
™
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D3909, ASTM E903, ASTM E408
ICC Evaluation Report Pending
TItle 24 Compliant
ENERGY STAR® Qualified
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1 square
(106.9 gross sq.ft.) (9.9m2)
Roll Length
32.6’ (9.9m)
Roll Width
39.4” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight
73 lbs (33.1kg)
Emissivity
0.90
Reflectivity
0.80
SRI (Solar Reflective Index) 100
Note: The emittance and reflectance values published are those required
for Title 24 compliance as listed by CRRC. For certification or other
reflectance and emittance code requirements, different calculations may
be used resulting in different values. All EnergyCap products meet LEED
requirements. Please contact technical services at 1-800-766-3411 for
assistance and submittal information.
39www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
GAFGLAS
®
MINERAL SURFACED CAP SHEET
Description
GAFGLAS® Mineral Surfaced Cap
Sheet is an asphalt-coated glass
fiber mat cap sheet surfaced with
mineral granules.
Uses
GAFGLAS Mineral Surfaced Cap
Sheet is used as the surfacing
ply in the application of hot
applied built-up roofs and
as a top ply in base flashing
construction.
the effects of moisture on the
roof system.
• Granule surface provides an
ultra-violet protective surface.
• Code approvals—UL Class A, B,
or C membrane constructions
are available.
• Aesthetically attractive; requires
no additional surface coatings.
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
Applicable Standards
Product Specifications (nominal)
Meets ASTM D3909
Roll Size
FM Approved
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
UL/ULc Listed
©2012 GAF 1/12
Advantages
• Durability—glass base resists
1 square
(107 gross sq.ft.) (9.9m2)
Roll Length 32.6’ (9.9m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 68 lbs (30.8kg)
40www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
GAFGLAS
™
FLEXPLY 6
®
Description
FlexPly ™6 is a premium-performing
fiberglass Type VI roofing felt.
Its revolutionary flexible design
provides:
• Maximum strength and stability
• Improved conformance to
underlying substrates
• Ease of installation compared
to typical Type VI felts
• Long-term performance for
peace of mind
Uses
FlexPIy 6 should be specified as
a ply felt in the construction of all
premium quality built-up roofs,
including:
• Most GAF Composite Roof™
systems
• Also appropriate for use as a
base sheet and in the construction of flashing membranes.
Advantages
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
• Revolutionary flexible design—
Rolls out easier and lays flatter,
minimizing the danger of air
pockets and trapped moisture
during installation
• Saves labor— Open pore
design actively absorbs
asphalt, installs faster than
other Type VI felts
©2012 GAF 1/12
Advantages (Continued)
• Quality installation—Enhanced
porosity encourages proper
absorption of asphalt for Iong
lasting system performance up
to 20 years
• Proprietary Micro Weave®
Core—Provides superior tensile
strength and dimensional
stability, for greater resistance
to splitting and cracking
• Superior wind resistance—
Selected systems have FMRC
Class 1-180 rating
• Highest fire rating — For use
in UL, ULC Class A rated
assemblies
• Can be used in all climate zones
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D2178, Type VI
FM Approved
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
5 squares
(531 gross sq.ft.) (49.3m2)
Roll Length 161.8’ (49.3m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 44 lbs (20.0kg)
41www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
GAFGLAS
PLY 4
®
Description
GAFGLAS® Ply 4 roofing felt
is constructed with a strong
glass fiber mat that is coated
with the finest quality asphaIt,
and is designed with optimum
porosity to assure a sound,
watertight membrane.
Uses
GAFGLAS Ply 4 is used as a ply
felt in the construction of built-up
roofs. It is designed for use in all
climate zones and is appropriate
for use as a base sheet, as a ply
felt, and in the construction of
flashing membranes.
Advantages
• High tensile strength and a
high degree of dimensional
stability, resulting in a roof
system with greater resistance
to splitting and cracking
• Optimum porosity of the felt
provides ready escape of air
while allowing proper asphalt
penetration at the time of
mopping
• Asphalt coating provides high
degree of moisture resistance
• Fire resistant—for use in UL
Class A rated assemblies
• Wind uplift resistance—
selected roofing assemblies
with GAFGLAS Ply 4 felts
meet FMRC Class 1-180 when
installed over concrete decks
©2012 GAF 1/12
Advantages (Continued)
• Meets ASTM D-2178, Type IV
specifications
• Meets requirements for
application in all climate zones
• Rolls out flat for easy installation
• Typical system guarantees
available for up to 15 years,
select system constructions
available with up to 20 year
guarantee coverage.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D2178, Type IV
FM Approved
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
5 squares
(531 gross sq.ft.) (49.3m2)
Roll Length 161.8’ (49.3m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 34.9 lbs (20.0kg)
42www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
GAFGLAS
STRATAVENT ELIMINATOR
®
®
™
PERFORATED BASE SHEET
Description
GAFGLAS® STRATAVENT®
Eliminator™ Perforated Base Sheet
is a premium-grade roofing felt
constructed around a strong
glass fiber mat and high quality
asphalt. The bottom of the sheet
is granule-surfaced to provide
positive venting of any trapped
gases under the roof membrane.
• GAFGLAS
STRATAVENT®
Eliminator Perforated Base
Sheet is available for nailable
and non-nailable substrates.
®
™
• GAFGLAS
STRATAVENT®
Eliminator™ Perforated Base
Sheet is unique in the industry:
its patent-pending perforated
design allows mopping asphalt
to flow through to the substrate
as the next ply of the roof
system is installed. The flowthrough asphalt uniformly
bonds the STRATAVENT®
Eliminator™ Perforated Base
Sheet and the subsequent
roof system to the substrate.
®
Uses
GAFGLAS® STRATAVENT®
Eliminator™ Perforated Base
Sheet is a venting base sheet
designed to be used in
various GAFGLAS® built-up
and RUBEROID® modified
bitumen roofing systems.
It can be used over both
nailable and non-nailable
substrates, including certain
existing old roof surfaces
and isocyanurate foams.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Advantages
• ­­Provides for venting of
pressurized gases beneath
the roofing membrane.
• Fire resistant—for use in UL,
ULC Class A rated assemblies.
• In recover applications,
provides an effective means
for separating the new roofing
membrane from the existing
roof system.
• GAFGLAS® STRATAVENT®
Eliminator™ Perforated Base
Sheet provides consistent,
uniform spot-attachment of
the roofing membrane.
• Wind uplift-resistant; FMRC
Approved up to Class 1-345
(See FM Approval Guide for
details)
• Meets requirements for
application in all climate zones
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D4897, Type II and ASTM D3672, Type II
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1.26 squares
(133.4 gross sq.ft.) (12.4m2)
Roll Length 40.6’ (12.4m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 67 lbs (30.39kg)
43www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
GAFGLAS
STRATAVENT ELIMINATOR
®
®
™
NAILABLE BASE SHEET
Description
GAFGLAS® STRATAVENT®
Eliminator™ Nailable Base Sheet is
a premium-grade roofing felt
constructed around a strong
glass fiber mat and high quality
asphalt. The bottom of the sheet
is granule-surfaced to provide
positive venting of any trapped
gases under the roof membrane
• GAFGLAS
STRATAVENT®
Eliminator™ Nailable Base
Sheet is available for nailable
and non-nailable substrates.
• GAFGLAS® STRATAVENT®
Eliminator™ Nailable Base
Sheet is mechanically attached
to wood, structural wood fiber,
poured gypsum, and
lightweight insulating
concrete decks.
Uses
GAFGLAS® STRATAVENT®
Eliminator™ Nailable Base
Sheet is a venting base
sheet designed to be used in
various GAFGLAS® built-up
and RUBEROID® modified
bitumen roofing systems. It
can be used over both nailable
and non-nailable substrates,
including certain existing old roof
surfaces and isocyanurate foams.
®
Advantages
• Provides for venting of
pressurized gases beneath
the roofing membrane.
• Fire resistant—for use in UL
Class A rated assemblies.
• In recover applications,
provides an effective means
for separating the new roofing
membrane from the existing
roof system.
• Wind uplift-resistant; FMRC
Approved up to Class 1-345
(See FM Approval Guide for
details).
• Meets requirements for
application in all climate zones.
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D4897, Type II and D3672, Type II
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
Texas Department of Insurance
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
1.26 squares
(133.4 gross sq.ft.) (12.4m2)
Roll Length 40.6’ (9.9m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 73 lbs (33.1kg)
©2012 GAF 1/12
44www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
GAFGLAS
®
#80 ULTIMA™ BASE SHEET
Description
GAFGLAS® #80 Ultima™ Base Sheet
is a high performance, asphalt coated,
glass-reinforced roofing base sheet.
Special Loctite™ closed-pore design
prevents bleed-through while providing Iong-lasting leak protection in a
variety of demanding applications.
Uses
Heavyweight construction is ideal
for all premium roofing systems:
• For ultimate leak protection...
in applications when the
potential cost of damage
from a leak is severe.
s an effective flame retarder...
•A
when used in torch-applied
modified bitumen systems
• In place of organic felts...
under tile roofs or in BUR
systems.
reat for nailable systems...
•G
where bleed-through can
cause premature failure
from deck movement
(especially plywood decks).
• For difficult roofing situations...
where the performance of a
lighter-weight base sheet is
inadequate.
• Enhances many systems...
when used in place of standard
base sheets, improves the
overall performance of a BUR or
modified bitumen system.
• Superior investment...when life
cycle cost is more important
than the initial installed cost.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Advantages
• Helps prevent splitting and
leakage — closed-pore design
means asphalt doesn’t bleed
through, so system remains
independent of deck movement
when mechanically attached.
• Saves labor—rolls out flatter
and installs easier than
competitive base sheets.
• Reliable performance —
resists long-term curling and
shrinkage that can cause
premature roof failure (as can
happen with organic products).
• Inorganic Micro Weave
Core—
prevents decay and provides
superior tensile strength with
dimensional stability.
®
• Highest fire rating—for use in
UL Class A rated assemblies.
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
Applicable Standards
Meets ASTM D4601, Type II
FM Approved
Meets CGSB-37-GP-56M
ICC ESR#1274
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
State of Florida Product Approval
UL/ULc Listed
Product Specifications (nominal)
Roll Size
2 squares
(214 gross sq.ft.) (19.9m2)
Roll Length 65.2’ (19.9m)
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 80 lbs (36.3kg)
45www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
GAFGLAS
®
#75 BASE SHEET
Description
Gafglas #75 Base Sheet is
a premium roofing base sheet
constructed with a strong glass
mat that is coated on both sides
to assure a closed-sheet design
to prevent asphalt bleed-through.
The sealed sheet also serves
as an effective flame retarder for
the application of torch-applied
modified bitumen membranes.
Uses
Gafglas#75 Base Sheet is engineered for use in the construction
of GAFGLAS built-up and
RUBEROID® modified bitumen
roofs. It is suitable for nailable
specifications, such as plywood,
where bleed-through is a concern.
Applicable Standards
Product Specifications (nominal)
Meets ASTM D4601, Type II
Roll Size
FM Approved
Miami-Dade County Product Control Approval
UL/ULc Listed
3 squares
(320.1 gross sq.ft.) (29.7m2)
Roll Length 97.5’ (29.7m)
ICC ESR#1274
©2012 GAF 1/12
Advantages
• Extra strength for excellent
nail-holding ability. Superb
tensile strength and resilience
and no bleed through, thereby
reducing risks of splitting and
cracking of membrane.
• Will not rot, curl, or shrink;
dimensionally stable for
improved membrane
performance.
• Designed to meet UL Class
A ratings.
• R olls out flat for easy
installation.
• System guarantees are available
for up to 20 years.
Roll Width
39.375” (1.0m)
Approx.
Roll Weight 68 lbs (30.8kg)
46www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Insulation And
Fastening Systems
PRODUCT
Page
ENERGYGUARD ROOF INSULATION BOARD, 20 & 25 PSI
48
ENERGYGUARD™ TAPERED POLYISO FOAM ROOF INSULATION, 20 & 25
50
ENERGYGUARD COMPOSITE BOARD ROOF INSULATION
52
ENERGYGUARD PERLITE ROOF INSULATION
54
™
™
™
ENERGYGUARD PERLITE TAPERED ROOF INSULATION
56
ENERGYGUARD™ PERLITE CANT STRIP
58
ENERGYGUARD™ PERLITE TAPERED EDGE STRIP
60
ENERGYGUARD PERLITE RECOVER BOARD
62
DENS-DECK ROOF BOARD
63
™
™
®
DENS-DECK PRIME ROOF BOARD
65
DRILL-TEC™ ASAP® 3P ASSEMBLED SCREW AND 3” LOCKING PLASTIC PLATE
67
DRILL-TEC™ HEAVY DUTY ASAP® 2S ASSEMBLED SCREW AND 2” STEEL BARBED PLATE
68
DRILL-TEC EXTRA HEAVY DUTY ASAP ASSEMBLED SCREW & 2 3/8” STEEL BARBED PLATE
69
®
™
™
®
DRILL-TEC ASAP 3S ASSEMBLED SCREW AND 3” STEEL PLATE
70
DRILL-TEC™ CD-10 FASTENER
71
DRILL-TEC™ BASE SHEET FASTENER E (1.2 in.)
72
DRILL-TEC DL 1.7 BASE SHEET FASTENER
73
DRILL-TEC BASE SHEET FASTENER (1.7in)
74
DRILL-TEC HEAVY DUTY #14 ROOFING FASTENER
75
DRILL-TEC™ LITE-DECK FASTENER
76
DRILL-TEC MASONRY ANCHOR
77
DRILL-TEC STEEL AND PLASTIC PLATES
78
DRILL-TEC STANDARD #12 ROOFING FASTENER
79
DRILL-TEC™ SUPER EXTRA HEAVY DUTY #21 ROOFING FASTENER
80
DRILL-TEC EXTRA HEAVY DUTY #15 ROOFING FASTENER
81
™
®
™
™
™
™
™
™
™
DRILL-TEC LOCKING IMPACT NAIL
82
™
DRILL-TEC RHINOBOND FASTENING PLATE 3” TPO COATED GALVALUME STEEL
84
™
®
®
DRILL-TEC ACCUTRAC AND ACCUSEAM PLATES
85
DRILL-TEC™ POLYMER GYPTEC™
86
LRF M ADHESIVE
87
™
®
ENERGYGUARD™
ROOF INSULATION BOARD,
20 & 25 PSI (1 of 2)
Description
EnergyGuard™ Roof Insulation Board is made
of organic/glass facers bonded to a core of
isocyanurate foam.
Uses
• EnergyGuard™ Roof Insulation is designed
for use over structural roof decks where
“R” values of 6.0 or higher are required,
along with comprehensive U.L. and FMRC
approvals.
• Meets FM4450 and UL1256. ­­
• When properly installed, it is suitable for use
under built-up, modified bitumen and most
single-ply roofing systems.
• Refer to the application specifications in
the current Membrane Manufacturer’s
Application and Specifications Manual for
proper installation procedures.
Advantages
• High insulation value –– Excellent
“LTTR” value compared to any other
FM Class I rated products of equivalent
thickness.
• FM Approved –– Subject to the conditions of approval as a roof insulation when
installed as shown in the current edition of
the Factory Mutual Approvals Guide.
Thermal and Physical Characteristics1
EnergyGuard™
Roof Insulation
Thickness*
Inches
mm
1.0
25.4
1.1
27.9
1.2
30.5
1.3
33.0
1.4
35.6
1.5
38.1
1.6
40.6
1.7
25.4
1.8
45.7
1.9
48.2
2.0
50.8
2.1
53.3
2.2
55.9
2.3
58.4
2.4
60.9
2.5
63.5
2.6
66.0
2.7
68.6
2.8
71.1
2.9
73.6
3.0
76.2
3.1
78.7
3.2
81.2
3.3
83.8
3.4
86.4
3.5
88.9
3.6
91.4
3.7
93.9
3.8
96.5
3.9
99.1
4.0
101.6
LTTR
Value**
6.0
6.6
7.2
7.8
8.4
9.0
9.6
10.3
10.9
11.5
12.1
12.8
13.4
14.0
14.7
15.3
15.9
16.6
17.2
17.9
18.5
19.1
19.8
20.4
21.1
21.7
22.4
23.0
23.7
24.3
25.0
Max. Flute Spanability
Inches
mm
2 5/8
66.7
2 5/8
66.7
2 5/8
66.7
3 5/8
93.3
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 3/8
111.1
4 1/8
114.3
*Other thicknesses available upon request.
**Long Term Thermal Resistance Values provide a 15 year time
weighted average in accordance with CAN/ULC S770.
1
Note: Physical and thermal properties shown are based on data
obtained under controlled laboratory conditions and are subject
to normal manufacturing tolerances.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Advantages (Continued)
• Environmentally safe –– Uses EPA accepted
blowing agents.
• Lightweight –– Lighter than most other
insulating products offering comparable
thermal resistance; as much as five times
lighter in weight than many other materials
with the same R-value.
• Excellent dimensional stability.
• Low water permeability –– lower overall
perm rating than many conventional
insulation boards.
• High moisture resistance and no
capillarity; is stable and maintains its
physical and insulating characteristics.
• Easier handling and faster to install
–– Because of light weight, this material is
easier to handle on the job site and installs
faster. Easier cutting in the field provides
the installer with simplified fabricating on the
roof deck. Minimizes on-the-job damage.
WARNING: DO NOT EXPOSE TO OPEN
FLAME OR EXCESSIVE HEAT. MAY
SMOLDER IF IGNITED. IF IGNITED,
EXTINGUISH COMPLETELY.
Code Compliance
Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use as part of
a Class A, B or C Roof Covering. See U.L. Inc. Roofing
Materials and Systems Directory for details.
Subject to the conditions of approval as a roof insulation
when installed as shown in the current edition of
the Factory Mutual Research Approvals Guide.
Mechanical attachment of roof insulation is the most
dependable method of attachment to steel decks since
it minimizes lateral movement and wind blow-off.
For details, consult Factory Mutual Loss Prevention Sheet
1-28, 1-29, 1-28R, 1-29R and current Approval Guide.
Federal Specification HH-I-1972/ASTM C1289.
Typical Physical Properties
Property
Value
Test Method
Water Absorption, %
by Volume – 2 hours
1.5 max.
ASTM C209
Dimensional Stability Change,
7 days @158°F (70°C),
90-100% RH
• Lengthwise
• Crosswise
<2%
<2%
ASTM
D2126
Compression Resistance
25 (172) nom.
10% Consolidation–– psi (kPa) 20 (138) nom.
ASTM
D1621
Laminar Tensile Strength
–– psi (kPa)
ASTM C209
4 (28)
<1 perm
Moisture Vapor Transmission(1) (57.5ng/(Pa•s•m2) ASTM E96
Flame Spread(1),(2)
<75
Service Temperature
-100 to 200 °F
(-73 to 93 °C)­
ASTM E84
(1)
Foam core only.
These numerical ratings are not intended to reflect hazards
presented by these or any other material under actual fire conditions.
(2)
48www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ENERGYGUARD™
ROOF INSULATION BOARD,
20 & 25 PSI (2 of 2)
Limitations and Potential Fire Hazard
• EnergyGuard™ Roof Insulation is a non-structural, non-load bearing material. It is not designed for direct traffic usage
unless adequately protected.
• EnergyGuard™ Roof Insulation should be stored protected from the elements. No more insulation should be installed
than can be completely covered with roofing on the same day.
• As unprotected polyisocyanurate will burn, fire safety precautions should be observed wherever insulation products
are used.
• Direct torching of modified bitumen roofing to EnergyGuard™ Roof insulation will present a fire hazard. A properly
installed fiber glass base sheet MUST be used over the insulation.
Design Considerations – Suggested Insulation Fastener Patterns (NOTE: Measurements in GRAY are in millimeters)
4' x 4' (1220 x 1220) Boards
8 Fast./bd
4 Fast./bd
305
12"
6 Fast./bd
152 6"
24"
610
305
12"
7 Fast./bd
12"
305
6"152
6 Fast./bd
12 Fast./bd
3 spaces @ 610 = 1829
3 spaces@24"=72"
14
305
12"
6"152
7 Fast./bd
24"
610
6" 152
6" 152
Fast./bd
152 6"
152 6"
12 Fast./bd
152 6"
8 Fast./bd
305
12"
8 Fast./bd
4 spaces
@ 457 = 1829
4 spaces@18"=72"
152
6"
18"
457
152 6"
457
18"
457
152 6"
152 6"
152
6"
14 Fast./bd
24"
610
24"
610
12"
24" 305
610
152 6"
16 Fast./bd
16 Fast./bd
7 spaces
@ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"=84"
12 Fast./bd
16 Fast./bd
3 spaces
@ 610 = 1829
457
3 spaces@24"=72"
305
12"
152 6"
3 spaces
@ 610 = 1829
3 spaces@24"=72"
305
12"
12 Fast./bd
152
6"
7 spaces @ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"= 84"
152
6"
6"152
16 Fast./bd
305
12"
6" 152
305
12"
6" 152
14 Fast./bd
152
6"
14 Fast./bd
152
6"
24" 7 spaces @ 305 = 2134
610
7 spaces@12"=84"
152 6"
152
6"
7 spaces @ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"=84"
152
6"
7 spaces @ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"=84"
152 6"
152 6"
18"
457
32 Fast./bd
24 Fast./bd
24 Fast./bd
32 Fast./bd
3 spaces @ 305
3 spaces@12"
NOTE: These patterns are for FM Approved decks utilizing appropriate FM Approved screws and plates. Consult FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets
1-29 for specific perimeter and corner fastening details. For proper attachment, fasteners must penetrate the flange or the metal deck a minimum
12"
of305
3/4 inch. Due16to
ongoing testing programs and changes in FM Global
(FM) requirements, the number of fasteners and 32
their
placement are subject
Fast./bd
Fast./bd
24 Fast./bd
to change without notice. Consult current FM Approvals Guide and Loss Prevention Data Sheets 1-28, 1-29 and 1-29R for approved fastener density for Isotherm
Roof Insulations. If your fastener pattern is not listed, please contact Contractor Services Hotline at 1-800-766-3411.
LIMITED WARRANTY: GAF warrants that, at the time of delivery, the product contained herein shall conform to GAF specifications therefor. THIS WARRANTY
24 Fast./bd
IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER BY STATUTE, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Recommendations
32reliable,
Fast./bdbut GAF makes no warranty of results to be obtained. BUYER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, regardless of
made by GAF are believed to be
the theory on which a claim may be based, including, without limitation, negligence, contract, breach of warranty, strict product liability or misrepresentation,
IS THE REPLACEMENT OF THIS PRODUCT. In NO event shall GAF be liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR OTHER SIMILAR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DAMAGE TO THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF ANY BUILDING.
©2012 GAF 1/12
14 Fast./bd
24"
610
7 spaces @ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"= 84"
152 6"
12 Fast./bd
7 spaces 18"
@ 305 = 2134
457
7 spaces@12"=
84"
16 Fast./bd
14 Fast./bd
4 spaces @ 457 = 1829
4 spaces@18"=72"
12 Fast./bd
6" 152
24"
610
14 Fast./bd
4 spaces @ 457 = 1829
4 spaces@18"=72"
152
6"
6" 152
4 spaces @ 457 = 1829
4 spaces@18"=72"
6"152
6"152
12 Fast./bd
8 Fast./bd
152 6"
12"
152
305
6"
152
6"
18"
457
152
6"
14 Fast./bd
6" 152
152 3 spaces @ 305
6" 3 spaces@12"
24"
610
305
6"152
12"
3 spaces@12"
6"
24"
610
152
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
3 spaces@12"= 36" 6"
6"152
3 spaces @ 610 = 1829
3 spaces@24"=72"
152 6"
18"
457
152
6"
12"
305
305
12"
457
18"
8 Fast./bd
152 6"
152 6"
spaces @ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"= 84"
3 spaces@24"=72"
3 spaces @ 20"
305
152 6"
12"
3 spaces @ 508
3 spaces @ 610 = 1829
3 spaces@24"=72"
152 6" 3 spaces @ 610 = 1829
152
6"
6" 152
18"
4' x 8' (1220 x 2440) Boards 152 6"
8 Fast./bd
610
24"
152 6" 8 Fast./bd
152 6"
305
12"
24"
6" 152
152
6" 152
6"
6" 152
152 3 spaces @ 305
6"152
12 Fast./bd
6"152
3 spaces @ 20"
2
3 spaces12"
@ 610 = 1829
305
3 spaces@24"=72"
7 Fast./bd
12"
3305
spaces @ 305
610
3 spaces@12"
152
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
3 spaces@12"= 36" 6"
152
6"
3 spaces @ 508
4 Fast./bd
6"152
6"
3 spaces @ 305
3 spaces@12"
12"
305
305
12"
6"
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
12"
305
152
24"
152 6106"
6"
610
24"
152
152
6"
3 spaces @ 20"
3 spaces @ 20"
12"
6" 152
152
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
3152spaces@12"= 36" 6"
152
6"610
24"
6"152
610
24"
152
6"
3 spaces @ 508
3 spaces @ 508
305
6"152
6 Fast./bd
6"152
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
305
12"
305
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
12"
4 Fast./bd
12"
12"
610
305
24"
610
24"
3 spaces@12"=36"
12"
305
152
305
6"
152
6"
610
24"
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
3 spaces@12"= 36"
152
6"
6" 152
12"
305
24"
610
610
24"
152
6"
3 spaces@12"=36"
3 spaces@12"=36"
610
24"
305
12"
610
24"
6"152
12"
305
610
24"
152
6"
3 spaces@12"=36"
12"
305
305
12"
152
6"
610
24"
305
12"
610
24"
3 spaces @ 3053 spaces @ 305
3 spaces@12"3 spaces@12"
305
12"
49www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ENERGYGUARD™
TAPERED POLYISO FOAM
ROOF INSULATION, 20 & 25 (1 of 2)
Description
EnergyGuard™ Tapered PolyIso Foam
Roof Insulation has a thermally efficient
polyisocyanurate core bonded between
organic/glass facers. It is readily
available in the two most popular and
efficient tapers, 1/8 inch per foot (1%)
and 1/4 inch per foot (2%).
Uses
• EnergyGuard™ Tapered PolyIso Foam
Roof Insulation is designed for use over
structural roof decks to provide slope to
drain and to provide thermally efficient
insulation.
• When properly installed, it is suitable for
use under built-up, modified bitumen
and most single-ply roofing systems.
• Refer to the application specifications in
the current Membrane Manufacturer’s
Application and Specifications Manual
for proper installation procedures.
Advantages
EnergyGuard™
Tapered PolyIso
Foam Roof Insulation
©2012 GAF 1/12
• Properly designed and installed
EnergyGuard™ Tapered PolyIso Foam
Insulation Systems virtually eliminates
ponding water.
• High thermal efficiency.
• Easily installed with mechanical
fasteners, hot asphalt or loose laid
in a ballasted system.
• Low point and letter codes are
designated on each board.
• Engineering design board layouts are
available from your plans and field
verified dimensions.
Limitations and Potential Fire Hazard
(Continued)
• Direct torching of modified bitumen
roofing to EnergyGuard™ Tapered
PolyIso Foam Roof Insulation will
present a fire hazard. A properly
installed fiber glass base sheet MUST
be used over the insulation.
• These tapered systems are designed
to provide a top surface of slope.
Each board is manufactured to exact
thickness specifications. GAF cannot
be held responsible for field conditions
such as actual building dimensions
and deck deflection.
WARNING: DO NOT EXPOSE TO
OPEN FLAME OR EXCESSIVE HEAT.
MAY SMOLDER IF IGNITED. IF
IGNITED, EXTINGUISH COMPLETELY.
Tapered Board Label Designations
1/8” (1%) Slope (Tapered 1/8” to the foot)
4’x4’ (1220mm x 1220mm)
Label
0.5” to 1.0” (13mm - 25mm)
AA
1.0” to 1.5” (25mm - 3 mm)
A
1.5” to 2.0” (38mm - 51mm)
B
2.0” to 2.5” (51mm - 64mm)
C
2.5” to 3.0” (64mm - 76mm)
D
3.0” to 3.5” (76mm - 89mm)
E
3.5” to 4.0” (89mm - 102mm)
F
1/4” (2%) Slope (Tapered 1/4” to the foot)
4’x4’ (1220mm x 1220mm)
Label
0.5” to 1.5” (13mm - 38mm)
X
1.5” to 2.5” (38mm - 64mm)
Y
Limitations and Potential Fire Hazard
2.5” to 3.5” (64mm - 89mm)
Z
• EnergyGuard™ Tapered PolyIso Foam
Roof Insulation is a non-structural,
non-load bearing board. It is not
designed for direct traffic usage
unless adequately protected.
• EnergyGuard™ Tapered PolyIso
Insulation should be stored dry and
be protected from the elements.
Once properly loaded at the job site,
remove factory wraps and cover with
a breathable tarp.
• As an unprotected polyisocyanurate
will burn, fire safety precautions
must be observed wherever any
insulation products are used.
1/2” (4%) Slope (Tapered 1/2” to the foot)
4’x4’ (1220mm x 1220mm)
0.5” to 2.5” (13mm - 64mm)
Label
Q
Code Compliance
Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use under
Class A, B, or C Roof Covering. See UL, ULC Inc.
Building Materials and Systems Directory for details.
Approved component of Factory Mutual System Class
I, Insulated Steel Deck Construction when secured
to the steel deck with mechanical fasteners (such as
DRILL•TEC™ roof insulation fastener system).
Mechanical attachment of roof insulation is the most
dependable method of attachment to steel decks
since it minimizes lateral movement and wind blow-off.
For details, consult Factory Mutual Loss Prevention
Sheet 1-28, 1-29, 1-28R, 1-29R and Approval Guide.
Federal Specifications HH-I-1972.
50www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ENERGYGUARD™
TAPERED POLYISO FOAM
ROOF INSULATION, 20 & 25 (2 of 2)
Installation Suggestions: Although each tapered system is different, here are some suggested methods for
installing a Tapered PolyIso Foam Roof Insulation system efficiently.
1. Verify building dimensions and drain locations with the Tapered Foam Roof Insulation Shop Drawing.
Discrepancies should be reported to GAF prior to shipment.
2. Verify that the proper number of truckloads and piece quantities have been received on the job site.
3. Determine the area to be completed that day.
4. Measure the distance from the drain to the perimeter where the shop drawing indicates full 4 feet x 4 feet
(1220 mm x 1220 mm) insulation boards. Verify that the system will meet the drain piece.
5. Start installing the tapered system utilizing full 4 feet x 4 feet (1220 mm x 1220 mm) boards. Work from the
drain and finish the area where the shop drawing indicates field cutting.
6. When more than one layer of insulation is utilized, all vertical board joints should be staggered, preferably
by 1/2 board.
7. Cover the insulation with the complete membrane system the same day.
Typical Tapered Layouts
Modified Two Way Tapered System with
Constant Edge Thickness (Crickets Optional)
Two Way Tapered System (Crickets Optional)
50
"
6.
6.
50
"
C
4
B+
4
A+
+4
AA
+2
C
2
B+
2
A+
+2
AA
C
B
A
AA
+4
5.
0"
5.
0
4.
5
0"
4.
0
50
"
3.
00
"
2.
3.
50
"
"
00
2.
"
50
1.
"
00
1.
0"
0.
5
0"
Typical Cross Section
1/8 Slope Tapered Iso (4' x 4' Panels)
00
"
TYPICAL CROSS SECTION
Way(4'
Tapered
System with
1/8" SLOPE TAPEREDFour
ISO
x 4' PANELS)
4 PANEL SYSTEM Variable
- NOTEdge
TO Thickness
SCALE
Four Way Tapered System
with Perimeter Drain
+2" FILL
+2" FILL
+2" FILL
48'
(576")
NOTE: Consult FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets 1-29, 1-49 for specific perimeter and corner fastening details. Due to ongoing testing programs and changes
in FM Global requirements, the number of fasteners and their placement are subject to change without notice. Consult current FM Approvals Guide and Loss
Prevention Data Sheets 1-28, 1-29 and 1-29R for approved fastener density for Isotherm Roof Insulation’s.
LIMITED WARRANTY: GAF warrants that, at the time of delivery, the product contained herein shall conform to GAF specifications therefor. THIS WARRANTY
IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER BY STATUTE, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Recommendations
made by GAF are believed to be reliable, but GAF makes no warranty of results to be obtained. BUYER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, regardless of
the theory on which a claim may be based, including, without limitation, negligence, contract, breach of warranty, strict product liability or misrepresentation,
IS THE REPLACEMENT OF THIS PRODUCT. In NO event shall GAF be liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR OTHER SIMILAR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DAMAGE TO THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF ANY BUILDING.
©2012 GAF 1/12
51www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ENERGYGUARD™
COMPOSITE BOARD
ROOF INSULATION (1 of 2)
Description
EnergyGuard™ Composite Board Roof
Insulation consists of an isocyanurate
foam core integrally bonded to 1/2” thick
High Density Fiberboard, Dens Deck® or
EnergyGuard™ perlite on one side and a
strong organic glass facer sheet on the other.
Uses
• EnergyGuard™ Composite Board roof
insulation is designed for use over structural
roof decks where “R” values of 7.4 or higher
are required, along with moderate insulation
thickness for roof edge detailing, and where
comprehensive UL and FM approvals are
necessary.
• When properly installed, it is suitable for use
under built-up, modified bitumen and most
single-ply roofing systems.
• Refer to the application specifications in
the current membrane manufacturer’s
Application and Specifications Manual for
proper installation procedures.
• EnergyGuard™ Composite Board roof
insulation, installed fiberboard, Dens Deck®
or perlite side up, is an ideal insulation
surface to receive a solid mopped, built-up
or modified bitumen roof systems.
Advantages
EnergyGuard™
Composite Board
Roof Insulation
• The excellent insulating qualities of
isocyanurate foam are combined with
the strong surface characteristics of high
density fiberboard, Dens Deck® or perlite.
• The fiberboard or perlite side is able to
receive hot mopped roof membranes
that comply with NRCA bulletin #9.
• Subject to the conditions of approval as a
roof insulation when installed as shown in
the current edition of the Factory Mutual
Approvals Guide.
• Fast and easy to apply –– light in weight ––
can be applied to metal decks with
mechanical fasteners such as the
FM-approved DRILL•TEC™ roof insulation
fastener system.
• Bonded components –– possibility of
delamination virtually eliminated.
• High resistance to compression ­­–– not
easily damaged by imposed loads,
construction traffic, shipping or handling.
Limitations and Potential Fire Hazard
• EnergyGuard™ Composite Board is normally
installed with the facer sheet side
­­­­
down.
• EnergyGuard™ Composite Board roof insulation is non-structural, non-load bearing
material. It is not designed for direct traffic
usage unless adequately protected.
• EnergyGuard™ Composite Board insulation with perlite is not designed to be used
with fully adhered single ply membranes.
(Fiberboard or Dens Deck® for Single Ply)
• EnergyGuard™ Composite Board roof insulation should be stored dry and protected
©2012 GAF 1/12
Limitations (Continued)
from the elements. No more insulation
should be installed than can be completely
covered with roofing on the same day.
• As unprotected composite board will burn,
fire safety precautions must be observed
wherever insulation products are used.
• Direct torching of modified bitumen roofing
to EnergyGuard™ Composite Board roof
insulation will present a fire hazard. A properly installed fiber glass base MUST
be used over the insulation.
WARNING: DO NOT EXPOSE TO OPEN
FLAME OR EXCESSIVE HEAT. MAY
SMOLDER IF IGNITED. IF IGNITED,
EXTINGUISH COMPLETELY.
Code Compliance
Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use as part
of a Class A, B or C Roof Covering. See U.L. Inc.
Roofing Materials and Systems Directory for details.
Subject to the conditions of approval as a roof
insulation when installed as shown in the current
edition of the Factory Mutual Approvals Guide.
Mechanical attachment of roof insulation is the most
dependable method of attachment to steel decks since
it minimizes lateral movement and wind blow-off.
For details, consult Factory Mutual Loss Prevention Sheet
1-28, 1-29, 1-28R, 1-29R and Approval Guide.
Federal Specifications HH-I-1972/Gen, and HH-1-1972/3
Thermal Values1
Thickness*
Inches
mm
1.5
38.1
2.0
50.8
2.5
63.5
3.0
76.2
3.5
88.9
4.0
101.6
LTTR
Value**
7.4
10.4
13.5
16.7
19.9
23.1
Weight
lb/sf
kg/m2
1.60
7.68
1.69
8.11
1.77
8.50
1.85
8.88
1.93
9.26
2.02
9.70
*Other thicknesses available upon request.
**Long Term Thermal Resistance Values provide a 15 year time
weighted average in accordance with CAN/ULC S770.
1
Note: Physical and thermal properties shown are based on data
obtained under controlled laboratory conditions and are subject
to normal manufacturing tolerances. Values are based on 1/2”
fiberboard.
Typical Physical Properties
Property
Value
Test Method
Water Absorption, % by Volume
– 2 hours
1.5 max.
ASTM C209
Dimensional Stability Change,
7 days @158°F (70°C),
90-100% RH
• Lengthwise
• Crosswise
<2%
<2%
ASTM
D2126
Compression Resistance
10% Consolidation–– psi (kPa)
20 (138) nom.
ASTM
D1621
Laminar Tensile Strength
–– psi (kPa)
Moisture Vapor Transmission(1)
Flame Spread(1),(2)
Service Temperature
4 (28)
<1 perm
(57.5ng/
(Pa•s•m2)
ASTM C209
<75
-100 to 200 °F
(-73 to 93 °C)­
ASTM E84
ASTM E96
(1)
Foam core only.
These numerical ratings are not intended to reflect hazards
presented by these or any other material under actual fire conditions.
(2)
52www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ENERGYGUARD™
COMPOSITE BOARD
ROOF INSULATION (2 of 2)
Design Considerations – Suggested Insulation Fastener Patterns
(NOTE: Measurements in GRAY are in millimeters)
4' x 4' (1220 x 1220) Boards
152
6"
6"152
2
12 Fast./bd
152 6"
6"152
12"
305
6 Fast./bd
14 Fast./bd 7 Fast./bd
6"152
4 spaces@18"=72"
152 6"
3 spaces @ 20"
152 6"
152 6"
152 6"
8 Fast./bd
152
6"
457
18"
18"
457
152 6"
8 Fast./bd
12 Fast./bd
24 Fast./bd
24"
610
152 6"
152 6"
152
6"24"
152
6"
610
152 6"
12"
24" 305
610
3 spaces @ 305
3 spaces@12"
aces @ 305 = 2134
spaces@12"= 84"
152
6"
12"
14 Fast./bd
457Fast./bd
16
8 Fast./bd
12 Fast./bd
6"152
18"
12"
305
16 Fast./bd
7 spaces @ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"=84"
18"
457
152 3 spaces @ 305
6" 3 spaces@12"
4 spaces @ 457 = 1829
24"
4 spaces@18"=72"
610
305
12"
6"152
14 Fast./bd
16 Fast./bd
305
12"
4 spaces @ 457 = 1829
4 spaces@18"=72"
305
12"
152
6"
152
6"
24"
610
7 spaces @ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"=84"
14 Fast./bd
152 6"
7 spaces @ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"= 84"
152
6"
152
6"
7 spaces @ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"=84"
152
6"
7 spaces @ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"=84"
152 6"
24 Fast./bd 152 6"
32 Fast./bd
16 Fast./bd
32 Fast./bd
305
24 Fast./bd
NOTE:
These patterns are for FM Approved Decks utilizing appropriate FMRC Approved
screws and plates. Consult FMRC Loss Prevention
Data Sheets 1-29 for
specific perimeter and corner fastening details. For proper attachment, fasteners must penetrate the flange or the metal deck a minimum of 3/4”. Due to ongoing
testing programs and changes in FM Global (FMRC) requirements, the number of fasteners and their placement are subject to change without notice. Consult
current FMRC Approval Guide and Loss Prevention Data Sheets 1-28, 1-29 and 1-29R for approved fastener density for Composite Board Roof Insulations. If
32 Fast./bd
your fastener pattern is not listed,
please contact Contractor Services Hotline at 1-800-766-3411.
LIMITED WARRANTY: GAF warrants that, at the time of delivery, the product contained herein shall conform to GAF specifications therefor. THIS WARRANTY
IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER BY STATUTE, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Recommendations
made by GAF are believed to be reliable, but GAF makes no warranty of results to be obtained. BUYER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, regardless of
the theory on which a claim may be based, including, without limitation, negligence, contract, breach of warranty, strict product liability or misrepresentation,
IS THE REPLACEMENT OF THIS PRODUCT. In NO event shall GAF be liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR OTHER SIMILAR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DAMAGE TO THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF ANY BUILDING.
DENS-DECK is a registered trademark of G-P Gypsum Corporation.
©2012 GAF 1/12
14 Fast./bd
24"
610
14 Fast./bd
152
6"
24 Fast./bd
16 Fast./bd
6" 152
7 spaces @ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"= 84"
7 spaces @ 305 = 2134
7 spaces@12"= 84"
18"
457
6"152
14 Fast./bd
6" 152
12 Fast./bd
18"
457
12 Fast./bd
152 6"
16 Fast./bd
24"
152610
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
3 spaces@12"= 36" 6"
4 spaces @ 457 = 1829
4 spaces@18"=72"
305
12"
152 6"
152
6"
14 Fast./bd
152 3 spaces
@ 305
15
6"
6" 3 spaces@12"
3056"152
12"
6" 152
6" Fast./bd
152 12
24"
610
6"152
152
3 spaces
@ 305 = 914
12 Fast./bd
3 spaces@12"= 36" 6"
6"152
6" 152
152 6"
457
18"
152
6"
12 Fast./bd
3 spaces @ 610 = 1829
3 spaces@24"=72"
12"
152 6"
610
24"
8 Fast./bd
18"
457
152 6"
18"
305
457
24"
152
6"
6" 152 @ 610 = 1829
3 spaces
3 spaces@24"=72"
3 spaces @ 610 = 1829
3 spaces@24"=72"
305
12"
3 spaces @ 610 = 1829
4 spaces @ 457 =305
1829
12"
3 spaces@24"=72"
6" 152
152
6"
152
6" 152
6"
12"
305
24"
610152 6"
6" 152
7 Fast./bd
8 Fast./bd
305
12"
305
12"
12"
305
8 610
Fast./bd
152
6"
24"
152 3 spaces
12" @ 305
spaces@12"
6"24" 3 305
610
152 610
24"
6"
4' x 152
8'6"(1220 x 2440) Boards 152 6"
3 spaces @ 508
spaces @ 610 = 1829
3 spaces@24"=72"
3 spaces@24"=72"
3 spaces @ 610 = 1829
3 spaces@24"=72"
305
12"
24"
305
610
12"
3 spaces @6"152
610 = 1829
6 Fast./bd
4 Fast./bd
4 Fast./bd
152
6"
610
7 Fast./bd
3 spaces @ 20"
305
12"
305
12"
152 6"
8 Fast./bd
6"152
152
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
3 spaces@12"= 36" 6"
12" 152
305
6"
610
6"152
24"
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
12"
305
152
6"
3 spaces @ 508
305
12"
305
610
12" 6" 152
24"
6"152
6" 152
6 Fast./bd
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
610 12"
24" 305
152
6"
152
6"
610
24"
3 spaces@12"=36"
12"
305
Fast./bd
3 spaces@12"=36"
3 spaces@12"=36"
610
24"
305
4
12"
610
24"
3 spaces @ 305
3 spaces@12"
305
12"
6"152
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
12"
305
3 spaces @ 305 = 914
3 spaces@12"= 36"
152
6"
6" 152
12"
305
24"
610
3 spaces @ 20"
3 spaces @ 20"
12"
305
610
24"
152
6"
3 spaces@12"=36"
12"
305
610
24"
152
6"
3 spaces @3508
spaces @ 508
610
24"
305
12"
610
24"
3 spaces @ 305
3 spaces @ 305
3 spaces@12"
3 spaces@12"
305
12"
53www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
32 Fast./bd
15
6"
ENERGYGUARD™
PERLITE ROOF
INSULATION (1 of 2)
Description
EnergyGuard™ Perlite roof insulation is a
homogenous board composed of expanded
Perlite particles, selected binders and
cellulose fibers, which give EnergyGuard™
Perlite roof insulation its insulating efficiency.
The surface is treated to reduce bitumen
absorption assuring proper adhesion of roof
membranes.
EnergyGuard™ Perlite roof insulation is
available in 2’ x 4’ (0.6m x 1.2m) and 4’ x 4’
(1.2m x 1.2m) boards in standard thicknesses
of 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, and 2” (19mm, 25mm,
38mm and 51mm). Other sizes are available
on request.
Uses
• EnergyGuard™ Perlite roof insulation is
designed to be used directly over structural
roof decks.
• It is also widely used as a separation board
over existing roofs in recover installations. In
recover applications, all wet areas of the old
roof must be removed. All loose and protruding gravel must also be removed.
• Properly installed, EnergyGuard™ Perlite
roof insulation is suitable for use under
built-up, modified bitumen and some single
ply roofing systems.
• Refer to the application specifications in
the current Membrane Manufacturer’s
Application and Specifications Manual
for proper installation procedures for
EnergyGuard™ Perlite roof insulation.
WARNING: DO NOT EXPOSE TO OPEN
FLAME OR EXCESSIVE HEAT. MAY
SMOLDER IF IGNITED. IF IGNITED,
EXTINGUISH COMPLETELY.
Code Compliance
EnergyGuard™ Perlite complies with the requirements
of ASTM Standard C728 (which supercedes Federal
Specifications HH-I-529).
Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use under Class
A, B or C Roof Covering. See UL, ULC Roofing Materials
and System Directory for details. Materials will have UL,
ULC labels only when specified on order.
actory Mutual rated for fire and wind resistance.
F
For current approvals, see current Factory Mutual
Approvals Guide.
Is approved for use in UL, ULC Fire Resistance
Roof-Ceiling Design (P&R-Designs). Please see the
UL, ULC Roofing Materials and System Directory for
the latest approvals.
Complies with the Environmental Protection Agency
Regulation 40 CFR Part 248, “Guideline for Federal
Procurement of Building Insulation Products Containing
Recovered Materials”, as a recycled product approved
for use on any project using federal funds.
Thermal Values(1)
Thickness*
(nominal)
EnergyGuard
Perlite Roof Insulation
™
Limitations
• EnergyGuard™ Perlite roof insulation is a
non-structural, non-loadbearing material.
• EnergyGuard™ Perlite roof insulation should
be stored dry and be protected from the
elements. Once properly loaded at the job
site, remove factory wraps and cover with
a breathable tarp.
• No more insulation should be applied than
can be completely covered with the finished
roofing on the same day.
• Do NOT use under fully adhered single ply
systems or with direct torch application of
modified bitumen.
• If torch grade modified bitumen roofing is
to be installed over EnergyGuard™ Perlite,
a fiberglass base sheet MUST first be
installed.
©2012 GAF 1/12
R-Value
(Resistance)
Inches mm BTU/(hr•ft2•°F) W/m2•°C (hr•ft2•°F)/BTU
m2•°C/W
3/4”
19
0.48
2.73
2.08
1"
25
0.36
2.04
2.78
.49
1 1/2" 38
0.24
1.36
4.17
.74
0.18
1.02
5.56
.98
2"
Advantages
• Stable insulating properties.
• Exceptional fire resistance (Class 25).
• Excellent dimensional stability.
• Resists damage due to normal deck
traffic during and after construction.
• Fast and easy to apply.
• Tough performance proven for over
30 years.
• The minimum recycled content is 25%
by weight.
“C” value
(Conductance)
51
.37
For Use Over Metal Decks
The minimum thickness of EnergyGuard™ Perlite insulation over
metal decks is as follows:
Narrow
Intermediate
Wide
Width
of Rib
Opening
Up to 1”
(25mm)
maximum
Up to 1 3/4”
(44mm)
maximum
Up to 2 1/2”
(64mm)
maximum
Thickness
of Insulation
(minimum)
3/4”
(19mm)
1”
(25mm)
1 1/2”
(38mm)
Avoid concentrating loads on insulation. Minimum bearing on
flat surface: 2” (51mm).
Typical Physical Properties
Property
Value
Test Method
Water Absorption, % by Volume
– 2 hours
1.5 max.
ASTM C209
30 (207) nom.
40 (276) nom
ASTM C165
7 (48)
ASTM C209
0.36
(2.04)
ASTM C177
ASTM C177
Compression Resistance
5% Consolidation–– psi (kPa)
10% Consolidation–– psi (kPa)
Laminar Tensile Strength
–– psi (kPa)
Thermal Conductance (C)
BTU / (hr • ft2 • °F) [nominal 1”]
(W/m2 • °C) [nominal 25mm]
Flexural Strength –– psi (kPa)
65 (448)
ASTM C203
Product Density –– pcf (kg/m3)
9 (144)
ASTM C209
Dimensional Stability
0.5%
ASTM C209
(1)
Note: Physical and thermal properties shown are based on data
obtained under controlled laboratory conditions and are subject to
normal manufacturing tolerances.
54www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
04.8
12"
ENERGYGUARD™
PERLITE ROOF
INSULATION (2 of 2)
Design Considerations – Suggested Insulation Fastener Patterns
(NOTE: Measurements in GRAY are in millimeters)
4' x 4' (1220 x 1220) Boards
304.8
12"
152.4
6"
304.8
152.4
6"
12"
152.4
6"
152.4
6"
152.4 6"
6" 152.4
4 Fast./bd
304.8
12"
609.6
24"
304.8
304.8
12"
152.4
6"
609.6
24"
609.6
6" 152.4 24"
12" 304.8
609.6
24"
152.4
6"
152.4
6"
6" 152.4
152.4 3 spaces @ 304
6" 3 spaces@12"
152.4
6"
6
609.6
6" 152.4 24"
6" 152.4
8 Fast./bd
6 Fast./bd
152.4
6"
6" 152.4
6" 152.4
152.4
6"
304.8
12"
3 spaces @ 12"=36"
12"
152.4
6"12" 304.8
6" 152.4
609.6
24"
609.6
24"
12 Fast./bd
8 Fast./bd
16 Fast./bd6
12 Fast./bd
152.4 3 spaces @ 304.8 152.4
6"
6" 3 spaces@12"
6" 152.4
3 spaces @ 304.8=914.4
3 spaces @ 12"=36"
6" 152.4
12 Fast./bd
16 Fast./bd
NOTE: These patterns are for FM Approved Decks utilizing appropriate FM Approved screws and plates. Consult FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets 1-49 for
specific perimeter and corner fastening details. For proper attachment, fasteners must penetrate the flange or the metal deck a minimum of 3/4”(19.05 mm). Due
to ongoing testing programs and changes in FM Global requirements, the number of fasteners and their placement are subject to change without notice. Consult
current FM Approvals Guide and Loss Prevention Data Sheets 1-28, 1-29 and 1-29R for approved fastener density for EnergyGuard™ Perlite Roof Insulations. If
your fastener pattern is not listed, please contact Contractor Services Hotline at 1-800-766-3411.
LIMITED WARRANTY: GAF warrants that, at the time of delivery, the product contained herein shall conform to GAF specifications therefor. THIS WARRANTY
IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER BY STATUTE, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Recommendations
made by GAF are believed to be reliable, but GAF makes no warranty of results to be obtained. BUYER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, regardless of
the theory on which a claim may be based, including, without limitation, negligence, contract, breach of warranty, strict product liability or misrepresentation,
IS THE REPLACEMENT OF THIS PRODUCT. In NO event shall GAF be liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR OTHER SIMILAR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DAMAGE TO THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF ANY BUILDING.
©2012 GAF 1/12
152.4
6"
8 Fast./bd
3 spaces @ 304.8=914.4
304.8
12"
12" 304.8
8 Fast./bd
6 Fast./bd
4 Fast./bd
st./bd
4 Fast./bd
ast./bd
304.8
12"
304.8
609.6
12"304.8 24"
12" 304.8
12"
304.8
6" 152.4 12"
3 spaces @ 12"=36"
152.4
6"
2' x 4' (610 x 1220) Boards
152.4
6"
8 Fast./bd
6 Fast./bd
6" 152.4
6 Fast./bd
4 Fast./bd
609.6
24"
304.8
12" 152.4
6"
55www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ENERGYGUARD™
PERLITE TAPERED ROOF
INSULATION (1 of 2)
Description
• EnergyGuard™ Perlite Tapered Roof
Insulation is factory fabricated from
EnergyGuard™ Perlite rigid perlite
insulation board.
• Tapered roof insulation systems are supplied
in 2’ x 4’ (0.6 m x 1.2 m) or 4’ x 4’ (1.2 m x
1.2 m) boards, custom cut and tapered to
1/16” (1/2%), 1/8” (1%), 1/4” (2%), and 1/2”
(4%) per foot (5.2, 10.4, 20.8, or 41.6mm/m)
slope depending on the need. Custom sizes
are available.
• Quality EnergyGuard™ Perlite or PolyIso roof
insulation is used as fill insulation to complete
the system.
Uses
• To create positive drainage on new roofs
and reroofs.
• To eliminate trouble spots on roof where
and when ponding is a problem.
• Properly installed, EnergyGuard™ Perlite
roof insulation is suitable for use under
built-up, modified bitumen, and some
single ply roofing systems.
• Refer to the application specifications in
the current Membrane Manufacturer’s
Application and Specifications Manual
for proper installation procedures for
EnergyGuard™ Perlite roof insulation.
Advantages
EnergyGuard™ Perlite
Tapered Roof Insulation
• Environmentally Friendly. The minimum
recycled content is 25% by weight. Complies
with the Environmental Protection Agency
Regulation 40 CFR Part 248, Guideline for
Federal Procurement of Building Insulation
Products Containing Recovered Materials,
as a recycled product approved for use on
any project using federal funds.
Although each tapered system is different, here are some suggested methods
for installing a tapered insulation system
efficiently.
1. Verify building dimensions and drain
locations with the tapered roof insulation
shop drawing. Discrepancies should be
reported to GAF prior to shipment.
2. Verify that the proper number of
truckloads and piece quantities have
been received on the job site.
3. Determine the area to be completed
that day.
4. Measure the distance from the drain
to the perimeter where the shop
drawing indicates full insulation boards.
Verify that the system will meet the
drain piece.
5. Start installing the tapered system
utilizing full boards. Work from the
drain and finish the area where the
shop drawing indicates field cutting.
6. When more than one layer of insulation
is utilized, all vertical board joints should
be staggered, preferably by 1/2 board.
7. Cover the insulation with the complete
membrane system the same day.
WARNING: DO NOT EXPOSE TO OPEN
FLAME OR EXCESSIVE HEAT. MAY
SMOLDER IF IGNITED. IF IGNITED,
EXTINGUISH COMPLETELY.
Limitations
• EnergyGuard™ Tapered Perlite roof insulation
is a non-structural, non-load bearing material.
• EnergyGuard™ Tapered Perlite roof insulation
should be stored dry and be protected from
the elements. Once properly loaded at the
job site, remove factory wraps and cover
with a breathable tarp.
• No more insulation should be applied than
can be completely covered with finished
roofing on the same day.
• Do NOT use under fully adhered single ply
systems or with direct torch application of
modified bitumen.
• If torch grade modified bitumen roofing is
to be installed over EnergyGuard™ Perlite,
a fiberglass base sheet MUST be installed.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Installation Suggestions
for Tapered Systems
EnergyGuard™ Perlite Tapered
Insulation Values
Average Thickness
Nominal
Inches
mm
“C” Values*
“R” Values**
1"
25
.36
2.78
1 1/2"
38
.24
4.17
2"
50
.18
5.56
2 1/2"
64
.15
6.67
3”
75
.12
8.33
3 1/2”
89
.105
9.52
4”
102
.09
11.11
* BTU/(hr. ft2. °F)
** (hr. ft2. °F)/BTU
56www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ENERGYGUARD™
PERLITE TAPERED ROOF
INSULATION (2 of 2)
Typical EnergyGuard™ Perlite Tapered System
Typical EnergyGuard™ Perlite Tapered Panel Size (NOTE: Measurements in GRAY are in millimeters)
EnergyGuard™ Perlite Tapered Roof Insulation Systems (NOTE: Measurements in GRAY are in millimeters)
1/16" Per Foot 1/2%
ECONOLINE
1/2"
3/4"
5/8"
B16
A16
C16
7/8"
1"
D16
13 1619 2225
ECONOLINE-PLUS 8
3/4"
5/8"
1/2"
1"
7/8"
11/2"
13/8"
11/8" 11/4"
C16
D16
E16
F16
G16
H16
A16 B16
13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35
38(mm)
1/8" Per Foot 1%
STANDARD
1"
3/4"
1/2"
B8
A8
1
11/4" 1 /2"
C8
D8
13 1925 3238
ECONOLINE
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
A8
SA8
1"
B8
11/4"
C8
6 1319 2532
ECONOLINE-PLUS 8
1/4"
3/4"
1/2"
SA8
A8
B8
13/4"
1
11/4" 1 /2"
1"
C8
D8
E8
F8
2"
21/4"
G8
6 1319 2532 38 44 51 57
3/16" Per Foot 1.5%
STANDARD
3/8"
11/8"
3/4"
A3
B3
10 1929
1/4" Per Foot 2%
STANDARD
1"
1/2"
PA4
ECONOLINE-PLUS 4
ECONOLINE
11/2"
PB4
13 2538
3/4"
1/4"
A4
6
11/4"
1/4"
B4
A4
1932
6
3/4"
B4
11/4"
C4
1
13/4" 2 /4"
D4
1932 44 57
1/2" Per Foot 4%
SADDLE PANEL
11/4"
1/4"
A2
632
ECONOLINE
1/4"
11/4"
A2
21/4"
B2
6 3257
Note: Other sizes and special laminations
are available on a made-to-order basis.
LIMITED WARRANTY: GAF warrants that, at the time of delivery, the product contained herein shall conform to GAF specifications therefor. THIS WARRANTY
IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER BY STATUTE, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Recommendations
made by GAF are believed to be reliable, but GAF makes no warranty of results to be obtained. BUYER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, regardless of
the theory on which a claim may be based, including, without limitation, negligence, contract, breach of warranty, strict product liability or misrepresentation,
IS THE REPLACEMENT OF THIS PRODUCT. In NO event shall GAF be liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR OTHER SIMILAR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DAMAGE TO THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF ANY BUILDING.
©2012 GAF 1/12
57www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ENERGYGUARD™
PERLITE CANT STRIP (1 of 2)
Description
• Factory fabricated from rigid
EnergyGuard™ Perlite insulation board.
• Cut at angles that provide a true 45°
angle between horizontal and
vertical surfaces.
• UL, ULC Flame Spread Rating 25.
• Easy to fabricate for installation with
most types of roof systems.
• Strips are available in 3”, 4”, 5” and
5-3/4” (76, 102, 127 and 146mm)
nominal sizes.
Uses
• To provide a smooth transition from
horizontal to vertical surfaces.
• Properly installed, EnergyGuard™
Perlite Cant Strip is suitable for use
under built-up, modified bitumen and
some single ply roofing systems.
• Refer to the application specifications in
the current membrane manufacturer’s
application and specifications manual
for proper installation procedures for
EnergyGuard™ Perlite Cant Strip.
Benefits
• Strong and dimensionally stable.
• Available in 5 standard sizes.
• Can be shipped in mixed loads with
roof insulation and tapered systems.
• Multiple shipping locations.
• Easily identifiable bundles.
EnergyGuard™
Perlite Cant Strip
Limitations
• EnergyGuard™ Perlite Cant Strips are
a non-structural, non-load bearing
material.
• EnergyGuard™ Perlite Cant Strips
should be stored dry and be protected
from the elements. Once properly
loaded at the job site, remove factory
wraps and cover with a breathable
tarp.
• No more Cant Strip should be applied
than can be completely covered with
finished roofing on the same day.
• Do NOT use under fully adhered
single ply systems or with direct
torch application of modified bitumen.
• If torch grade modified bitumen roofing
is to be installed over EnergyGuard™
Perlite Cant Strips, a fiberglass base
sheet MUST first be installed.
Code Compliance
EnergyGuard™ Perlite Cant Strip complies
with the requirements of ASTM Standard C728
(which supercedes Federal Specifications
HH-I-529).
UL Flame Spread Rating 25.
Cant Strips have at least 25% post-consumer
recycled content and comply with the
Environmental Protection Agency Regulation
40 CFR Part 248, “Guideline for Federal
Procurement of Building Insulation Products
Containing Recovered Materials,” as a
recycled product approved for use on
any project using federal funds.
Cant Sizes*
1” (25mm) x 4” (102mm)
x 48” (1220mm)
1” (25mm)
x 3” (76mm)
x 48” (1220mm)
1 1/2” (38mm) x 4” (102 mm)
x 48” (1220mm)
1 1/2” (38mm) x 5” (127mm)
x 48” (1220mm)
1 1/2” (38mm) x 5 3/4” (146mm)x 48” (1220mm)
*All sizes shown are nominal and subject
to nominal manufacturing tolerances.
©2012 GAF 1/12
58www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ENERGYGUARD™
PERLITE CANT STRIP (2 of 2)
EnergyGuard™ Perlite Cant Sizes and Packaging
(NOTE: Measurements in GRAY are metric)
Nominal Size
Per Bundle
Pcs.
Ln. Ft.
(Ln. Meter)
Per Pallet
Bundles
Ln. Ft.
(Ln. Meter)
25 1"
1
4" 2
0
1 x 4 in
25 x 102 mm
30
2520
768
33
132
40.21
30
3960
1201
30
120
36.51
20
2400
731.52
18
72
21.9
20
1440
438.9
15
60
18.28
20
120
365.7
1 x 4 in
25 x 102 mm
1
25 "
3"
76
21
84
25.6
11
38 /2"
"
5 /8
3 2
10
11/2 x 4 in
38 x 102 mm
11
38 /2"
5" 7
12
11/2 x 5 in
38 x 127 mm
11
38 /2"
"
3 /4
5 0
14
11/2 x 5 3/4 in
38 x 146 mm
Note: Packaging is subject to change without prior notice.
LIMITED WARRANTY: GAF warrants that, at the time of delivery, the product contained herein shall conform to GAF specifications therefor. THIS WARRANTY
IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER BY STATUTE, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Recommendations
made by GAF are believed to be reliable, but GAF makes no warranty of results to be obtained. BUYER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, regardless of
the theory on which a claim may be based, including, without limitation, negligence, contract, breach of warranty, strict product liability or misrepresentation,
IS THE REPLACEMENT OF THIS PRODUCT. In NO event shall GAF be liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR OTHER SIMILAR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DAMAGE TO THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF ANY BUILDING
©2012 GAF 1/12
59www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ENERGYGUARD™
PERLITE TAPERED
EDGE STRIP (1 of 2)
Description
• Factory fabricated from EnergyGuard™
rigid perlite insulation board.
• Cut on angles that slope from zero on
one edge to 1/2” to 2” on the opposite
edge.
• Designed for smooth transition from
lower to higher elevations.
• Easy to fabricate for installation with
most types of roof systems.
• Available in bundles 48” (1220 mm)
in length.
• Available in different heights and
widths for all types of job requirements
as follows:
Edge Strip Sizes*
1/2” (13 mm) x 6” (152 mm)
x 48” (1220 mm)
1/2” (13 mm) x 12” (305 mm) x 48” (1220 mm)
1” (25 mm)
x 6” (152 mm)
1” (25 mm)
x 12” (305 mm) x 48” (1220 mm
1” (25 mm)
x 18” (457 mm) x 48” (1220 mm)
1” (25 mm)
x 24” (610 mm) x 48” (1220 mm)
1-1/2” (38 mm)x 6” (152 mm)
x 48” (1220 mm)
x 48” (1220 mm)
1-1/2” (38 mm)x 12” (305 mm) x 48” (1220 mm)
1-1/2” (38 mm)x 18” (457 mm) x 48” (1220 mm)
1-1/2” (38 mm)x 24” (610 mm) x 48” (1220 mm)
2” (51 mm)
x 12” (305 mm) x 48” (1220 mm)
2” (51 mm)
x 18” (457 mm) x 48” (1220 mm)
2” (51 mm)
x 24” (610 mm) x 48” (1220 mm)
*All sizes shown are nominal and subject
to nominal manufacturing tolerances.
EnergyGuard™
Perlite Tapered
Edge Strip
©2012 GAF 1/12
Uses
• To provide smooth transition from lower
to higher elevations around roof edges,
drains or wherever slope to 0”
is required.
• Properly installed, EnergyGuard™ Perlite
roof insulation is suitable for use under
built-up, modified bitumen and some
single ply roofing systems.
• Refer to the application specifications in
the current Membrane Manufacturer’s
Application and Specifications manual
for proper installation procedures for
EnergyGuard™ Perlite roof insulation.
Specification Benefits
• UL, ULC Flame Spread Rating 25.
• Strong and dimensionally stable.
• Available in standard heights and
widths.
• Can be shipped in mixed loads with
roof insulation and tapered systems.
• Multiple shipping locations.
• Easily identifiable bundles.
• Edge strips have at least 25%
post-consumer recycled content
and comply with the Environmental
Protection Agency Regulation 40
CFR Part 248, “Guideline for Federal
Procurement of Building Insulation
Products Containing Recovered
Materials,” as a recycled product
approved for use on any project using
federal funds.
Limitations
• EnergyGuard™ Perlite roof insulation
is a non-structural, non-load bearing
material.
• EnergyGuard™ Perlite roof insulation
should be stored dry and be protected
from the elements. Once properly
loaded at the job site, remove factory
wraps and cover with a breathable
tarp.
• No more insulation should be applied
than can be completely covered
with finished roofing on the same day.
• It is NOT designed for use under fully
adhered single ply systems nor for
direct torch application of modified
bitumen.
• If torch grade modified bitumen roofing
is to be installed over EnergyGuard™
Perlite, a fiberglass base sheet MUST
first be installed.
60www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ENERGYGUARD™
PERLITE TAPERED
EDGE STRIP (2 of 2)
EnergyGuard™ Perlite Tapered Edge Strip Sizes and Packaging
(NOTE: Measurements in GRAY are in millimeters)
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
1/2"
13
1/2"
6" 152
13
12" 305
1"
25
6" 152
1"
25
12" 305
1"
25
18" 457
1"
25
24" 610
11/2"
38
6" 152
11/2"
38
12" 305
11/2"
38
18" 457
11/2"
38
24" 610
2"
51
12" 305
2"
51
18" 457
2"
51
24" 610
Per Pallet
Per Bundle
Bundles
Ln. Ft.
Pcs.
Ln. Ft.
(Ln. Meter)
(Ln. Meter) 72
288
88
14
4032
1229
36
144
44
14
2016
614
56
224
68
10
2240
683
28
112
34
10
1120
341
18
72
22
10
720
219
18
72
22
8
576
175
24
96
29
16
1536
468
12
48
15
16
768
234
12
48
15
10
480
146
12
48
15
8
384
117
14
112
34
10
1120
341
10
80
24
10
800
244
8
64
20
10
640
195
Other sizes are available on a special order basis.
Note: Packaging is subject to change without prior notice.
Note: Consult FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specific perimeter flashing details.
LIMITED WARRANTY: GAF warrants that, at the time of delivery, the product contained herein shall conform to GAF specifications therefor. THIS WARRANTY
IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER BY STATUTE, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Recommendations
made by GAF are believed to be reliable, but GAF makes no warranty of results to be obtained. BUYER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, regardless of
the theory on which a claim may be based, including, without limitation, negligence, contract, breach of warranty, strict product liability or misrepresentation,
IS THE REPLACEMENT OF THIS PRODUCT. In NO event shall GAF be liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR OTHER SIMILAR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DAMAGE TO THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF ANY BUILDING
©2012 GAF 1/12
61www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
ENERGYGUARD™
PERLITE RECOVER BOARD
Description
EnergyGuard™ Perlite Recover Board is a
heavier duty 1/2” thick perlite roof insulation
board composed of expanded perlite,
cellulose binders, and waterproofing agents.
It is treated for surface retention of bitumen
and available in 2’ x 4’ (0.6m x 1.2m) 4’ x 4’
(1.2m x 1.2m) and 4’ x 8’ (1.2m x 2.4m), with
a nominal thickness of 1/2” (13mm).
Uses
• In reroofing as a base for a variety of
membranes installed over failed or worn
out roof systems.
• As a top layer in two layer systems.
• As an overlay board where an existing
roof insulation is still functioning and
should be retained.
• Where a tear-off would create unwarranted
risks to operations or materials in the
building.
• To separate a new membrane from a
rough or irregular deck.
• Properly installed, EnergyGuard™ Perlite
Recover Board roof insulation is suitable
for use under built-up, modified bitumen
and some single ply roofing systems.
Advantages
• Economical base for reroofing.
• Protects new roofs from old roof problems.
• Lower installed cost than tear-offs.
• Dimensionally stable.
• Environmentally friendly. The minimum
recycled content is 25% by weight.
Limitations
EnergyGuard™
Perlite Recover Board
• Old roofing systems must be thoroughly
dried and secured before Recover Board
is applied as a part of a new roof system.
• Recover Board is not acceptable for
applications where it will be directly
exposed to continuous soaking or
temperatures in excess of 250°F.
• EnergyGuard™ Perlite Recover Board
should be stored dry and be protected
from the elements. Once properly loaded
at the job site, remove factory wraps and
cover with a breathable tarp.
• No more insulation should be applied than
can be completely covered with finished
roofing on the same day.
• Do NOT use under fully adhered single ply
systems or with direct torch application of
modified bitumen.
• Do NOT mechanically attach 1/2 inch
recover board directly to steel decks.
Limitations (Continued)
• If torch grade, modified bitumen roofing
is to be installed over EnergyGuard™
Perlite, a fiberglass base sheet MUST
first be installed.
• Do NOT mechanically attach 1/2 inch
recover board directly to steel decks.
Application
Recover Board can be secured by mechanical
fastening or hot asphalt. If the deck is nonnailable, strip mopping is recommended to
allow for moisture pressure release. Solid
mopping with asphalt should not be used
for recover or retrofit applications. Refer
to the application specifications in the current
membrane manufacturer’s Application and
Specifications manual for proper installation
procedures.
WARNING: DO NOT EXPOSE TO OPEN
FLAME OR EXCESSIVE HEAT. MAY
SMOLDER IF IGNITED. IF IGNITED,
EXTINGUISH COMPLETELY.
Code Compliance
Recover Board is in compliance with:
ASTM Standard C728.
UL, ULC Class A construction on combustible or
non-combustible roof decks. Where UL, ULC labels
are required, customer must order them in advance.
FM for fire and wind resistance. For current approvals,
see current Factory Mutual Approvals Guide.
Complies with the Environmental Protection Agency
Regulation 40 CFR Part 248, “Guideline for Federal
Procurement of Building Insulation Products Containing
Recovered Materials”, as a recycled product approved
for use on any project using federal funds.
Thermal Values(1)
Thickness*
(nominal)
“C” value
(Conductance)
R-Value
(Resistance)
Inches mm BTU/(hr•ft2•°F) W/m2•°C m2•°C/W
0.5
13
0.76
4.3
(hr•ft2•°F)/BTU
1.32
0.23
Typical Physical Properties
(1)
Typical Physical Properties
Value
Test Method
Water Absorption, % by
Volume – 2 hours
3.5 max.
ASTM C209
Compression Resistance
5% Consolidation—psi (kPa)
35 (241)
10% Consolidation— psi (kPa) 50 (345)
ASTM C165
Laminar Tensile Strength
–– psi (kPa)
4.9 (33.8)
ASTM C209
Flexural Strength — psi (kPa)
60 (414)
ASTM C203
Product Density — pcf (kg/m3) 11 - 14 (176 - 224) ASTM C209
Linear Expansion
0.5% max.
ASTM C209/
ASTM D1037
(1)
ote: Physical and thermal properties shown are based on data
N
obtained under controlled laboratory conditions and are subject to
normal manufacturing tolerances.
LIMITED WARRANTY: GAF warrants that, at the time of delivery, the product shall conform to GAF’s specifications. THIS
WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS,
WHETHER BY STATUTE, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Recommendations made by GAF are believed to be
reliable, but GAF makes no warranty of results to be obtained. BUYER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, regardless of the
theory on which a claim may be based, including, without limitation, negligence, contract, breach of warranty, strict product
liability or misrepresentation, IS THE REPLACEMENT OF THIS PRODUCT. In NO event shall GAF be liable for INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR OTHER SIMILAR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DAMAGE
TO THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF ANY BUILDING.
©2012 GAF 1/12
62www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Distributed by:
DENSDECK
®
ROOF BOARD (1 of 2)
Description
Dens-Deck® roof board is an exceptional fire
barrier, thermal barrier and recovery board
used in various commercial roofing systems.
The patented Dens-Deck® design employs
glass mat facings front and back that are
embedded into a water-resistant gypsum core,
providing excellent fire r­esistance, moisture
resistance and wind uplift properties. The
unique construc­tion of Dens-Deck® provides
superior flute ­spanning that stiffens and
provides increased foot traffic resistance
to the roof deck. Additionally, Dens-Deck®
has been shown to withstand delamination,
­deterioration, warping and job-site damage
more effectively than other roofing membrane
­substrates such as paper-faced gypsum board,
fiberboard, and perlite insulation.
Primary Uses
Roof system manufacturers and designers have
found Dens-Deck® roof board to be compatible
with many types of roofing systems, including:
built-up, modified bitumen, s­ ingle ply, metal
systems, wood shingle and shake, tile, slate,
recover board, as well as an overlayment
protection board for p
­ olyisocyanurate and
polystyrene insulation. Dens-Deck® can also
be used as a form board for poured gypsum
concrete deck in roof applications as well as
a substrate for spray foam roofing systems.
1/2” and 5/8” Dens-Deck® may also be used
in vertical applications as a backer board or
liner for the roof side of parapet walls.
Some membrane manufacturers have hot
mop asphalt or torch applications directly to
Dens-Deck® without using a primer or base
sheet. Refer to specific membrane system
application instructions. System manufacturers and designers have found Dens-Deck® to
be compatible with bonding adhesives for fullyadhered single-ply membrane­applications.
Dens-Deck’s exceptional moisture resistance
and low R-value make it the preferred substrate
for vapor retarders.
An excellent fire barrier, Dens-Deck® features
a noncombustible core and inorganic surface
that offers greater fire protection than other
conventional commercial roofing p
­ roducts when
applied over combustible roof decks and steel
decks. Dens-Deck® is FM tested and approved
as the only 1/2” gypsum product to meet the
calorimeter requirements for conventionally
insulated decks. Tested in accordance with
ASTM E 84, its surface burning characteristics
are Flame Spread-0 and Smoke Developed-0.
5/8” Dens-Deck® can replace any generic type
X gypsum board in any roof a
­ ssembly in the UL
Fire Resistance Directory under the prefix “P”.
Limitations
Dens-Deck® is designed to act with a properly
designed roof system. The actual use of DensDeck® roof board as a roofing component is the
responsibility of the roofing system’s designing
authority.
Conditions beyond the control of G-P Gypsum
such as weather conditions, dew, application temperatures and techniques may cause
adverse effects with adhered roofing systems.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Manufactured by:
133 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30303
Technical: 1-800-225-6119
Always consult the roofing system manufacturer’s specific instructions for applying the various
roofing types to Dens-Deck® roof board.
Panels must be kept dry before, during
and after installation. Apply only as much
Dens-Deck® as can be covered by a roof
membrane system in the same day.
Accumulation of water due to leaks or
condensation in or on Dens-Deck® roof board
must be avoided during construction and after
construction. Avoid over-use of non-vented
direct-fired heaters during winter months.
Avoid application of Dens-Deck® during rains,
heavy fogs and other conditions that may
deposit moisture on the surface.
When applying solvent-based adhesives or primers, allow sufficient time for the solvent to flash
off to avoid damage to roofing components.
Maximum flute span is 2-5/8” for 1⁄4”
Dens-Deck®; 5” for 1/2” Dens-Deck®; and
8” for 5/8” Dens-Deck® Fireguard® Type X.
Hot Mopping over Dens-Deck®:
1. F
or mopping applications, use asphalt heated
to a maximum application temperature of
425°F. (Type III or IV asphalt)
2. A
perforated base sheet is required as the
first ply when hot mopping over Dens-Deck®.
3. F
ull mopping of fully asphalt coated felts or
impermeable base sheets such as modified
bitumen is not recommended.
Torch applied directly to Dens-Deck®:
1. P
rime the surface of the Dens-Deck® and
allow to dry thoroughly, or use Dens-Deck®
Prime™.
2. E
nsure proper torching technique. Limit the
heat to the Dens-Deck® substrate. Maintain a
majority of the torch flame directly on the roll.
3. U
se flat insulation plates.
4. E
nsure proper pressure is applied to the
membrane roll to make contact. Brooming
may be required at the end of rolls.
Refer to the installation instructions for
the specific roof system to be installed
for additional requirements.
Product Specifications (nominal)
Thickness
1/4” – 6.4mm; 1/2” – 12.7mm;
5/8” – 15.9mm Fireguard® type X
Widths
4’ – 1220mm standard,
1/8” – 3mm tolerance
Lengths
’ – 2440mm standard,
8
tolerance 1/4 – 6.4mm;
Optional: 4’ – 1220mm available;
other lengths special order
Edges
Square
Spanning
1/4” Dens-Deck®
spans flute widths up to 2 5/8”
1/2” Dens-Deck®
spans flute widths up to 5”
5/8” Dens-Deck®
spans flutes up to 8” wide
63www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Distributed by:
Manufactured by:
DENSDECK
®
ROOF BOARD (2 of 2)
133 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30303
Technical: 1-800-225-6119
G-P’s FMRC uplift assemblies.
4. In accordance with approved shop
­drawings, FM-approved fasteners shall
be installed with plates through the
Dens-Deck®, flush with the surface.
5. W
here Dens-Deck® is installed over
combustible wood decks or insulation,
all joints should be staggered. The optional
separator sheet should be installed prior to
Dens-Deck® installation.
6. Edge joints should be located on, and
parallel to, deck ribs. End joints of adjacent
lengths of Dens-Deck® should be staggered
7. T
he securement of the roof­system must
be enhanced at the building corners and
perimeter per FM.
8. A
dhered Systems: Insta-Foam Products,
Inc.’s Insta-Stik Adhesive used with 1/4”
Dens-Deck® achieved a FMRC Class
I-180 according to test report 1Y7A5.AM
in selected Class 1 insulated steel and
concrete deck roof construction. Contact
Insta-Foam Products, Inc. for details at
1-800-800-FOAM.
9. D
ens-Deck® shall be installed with ends
and edges butted tightly.
10. Dens-Deck® is manufactured to c
­ onform
to ASTM C1177.
Technical Data
Flame spread 0, smoke developed 0, when
tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or CAN/
ULC-S102. Noncombustible when t­ested in
accordance with ASTM E136.
Dens-Deck® Fireguard®: UL Classified when
tested in accordance with ASTM E119.
1/4” Dens-Deck® has been tested by Factory
Mutual for 60 psf and 90 psf wind uplift for
BUR, EPDM, thermoplastics and modified
bitumen roof systems. Higher wind uplift
ratings have been achieved by numerous
membrane manufacturers using Dens-Deck®
in their FMRC-approved construction­designs.
Installation
1. Dens-Deck® should be used with fasteners
specified in accordance with FM requirements and roof membrane manufacturer’s
written recommendations.
2. For wind uplift/FMRC compliance where
Dens-Deck® is mechanically attached to
metal decks, Dens-Deck® shall be installed to
the specifics of the FMRC design assembly.
3. For installations involving BUR, EPDM,
thermoplastics and modified bitumen
roof systems, call Technical Hotline at
1-800-ROOF-411 for fastener p
­ atterns of
Physical properties
PropertieS
1/4” dens-deck®
1/2” Dens-deck®
5/8” DENS-DECK® fireguard®
Thickness, nominal inches
5/16"
1/2"
5/8"
Width, standard
4'
4'
4'
Length, standard
8' ± 1/4"
8' ± 1/4"
8' ± 1/4"
Weight, lbs./M sq. ft., nominal
1100
1950
2500
Surfacing
Glass mat
Glass mat
Glass mat
Flexural Strength, Parallel, lbs. min.
4
Flexural Strength, Perpendicular, lbs. min.4
40 80 100 5
5
5
505100 5140 5
Flute Spanability 2-5/8"5” 8”
Permeance Perms2
50
3532
R Value .28
.56.67
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion,
Inches/inch/°F
8.5 x 106
8.5 x 106
8.5 x 106
Linear Variation with Change in Moisture
in/in/%RH
6.25 x 106
6.25 x 106
6.25 x 106
Absorption, % max 4
10.0
10.010.0
Compression, psi
500
500
500
Surface Water Absorption, grams 2.5
2.5
2.5
Flame Spread
Smoke Developed (ASTM E84)
0
0
Fire Classification
UL Class A, ULC S-102
UL 1256, ULC S-126
UL 790, ULC S-107
FMRC Class 1
UL 1256, ULC S-126
UL Class A, ULC 102
UL 790, ULC S-107
FMRC Class 1
UL Classified ‘‘P’’ assemblies
ULC S-101
UL 790, ULC S-107
FM Uplift Approvals
FMRC 1-60, 1-90
FMRC 1-60, 1-90
1
3
4
0
60 and 90 psf uplift
Tested in accordance with ASTM E661 (400 lb. conc. load).
2
Tested in accordance with ASTM C355 (dry cup method).
3
Tested in accordance with ASTM C518 (heat flow meter).
1
©2012 GAF 1/12
Tested in accordance with ASTM C473.
5
ASTM C1177 minimums.
4
64www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Distributed by:
Manufactured by:
DENS-DECK®
PRIME
ROOF BOARD (1 of 2)
™
Description
Dens-Deck® Prime™ roof board combines an
exceptional fire barrier, thermal barrier and
recovery board used in various commercial
roofing systems with a pre-primed surface to
make the bond even stronger. The patented
Dens-Deck® design employs glass mat facings
front and back that are embedded into a water
resistant and moisture resistant treated gypsum core, providing excellent fire r­esistance,
moisture resistance and wind uplift properties.
The unique construc­tion of Dens-Deck® Prime™
provides superior flute s­ panning and will help
stiffen and stabilize the roof deck. Additionally,
Dens-Deck® Prime™ has been shown to withstand delamination, ­deterioration, warping and
job-site damage more effectively than roofing
membrane ­substrates such as paper-faced
gypsum board, fiberboard, and perlite insulation.
Primary Uses
Roof system manufacturers and designers have
found Dens-Deck® Prime™ roof board to be
compatible with many types of roofing systems,
including: modified asphalt, s­ ingle ply, metal
systems, recover board, as well as an overlayment for ­polyisocyanurate and polystyrene
insulation. Dens-Deck® Prime™ can also be used
as a form board for poured gypsum concrete
deck in roof applications as well as a substrate
for spray foam roofing systems. 1/2” and 5/8”
Dens-Deck® Prime™ may also be used in vertical
applications as a backer board or liner for the
roof side of parapet walls.
Dens-Deck® Prime™ allows the bonding of cold
mastic modified bitumen and torching directly
to the surface. Refer to specific membrane
system application instructions. System
manufacturers and designers have found
Dens-Deck® Prime™ to be compatible with
bonding adhesives for fully-adhered single-ply
membrane­applications and has been shown
to extend the adhesive usage.
Dens-Deck® Prime’s exceptional moisture resistance and low R-value make it the preferred
substrate for vapor retarders. An excellent
fire barrier, Dens-Deck® Prime™ features a
noncombustible core and inorganic surface
that offers greater fire protection than other
conventional commercial roofing p
­ roducts
when applied over combustible roof decks
and steel decks. Dens-Deck® Prime™ is FM
tested and approved as the only 1/2’ gypsum
product to meet the calorimeter requirements
for conventionally insulated decks. Tested in
accordance with ASTM E84, its surface burning characteristics are Flame Spread-0 and
Smoke Developed-0. 5/8” Dens-Deck® Prime™
can replace any generic type X gypsum board
in any roof a
­ ssembly in the UL Fire Resistance
Directory under the prefix “P”.
Limitations
Dens-Deck® Prime™ is designed to act with
a properly designed roof system. The actual
use of Dens-Deck® Prime™ roof board as a
roofing component is the responsibility of
the roofing system’s designing authority.
©2012 GAF 1/12
133 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30303
Technical: 1-800-225-6119
Conditions beyond the control of G-P Gypsum
such as weather conditions, dew, application temperatures and techniques may cause
adverse effects with adhered roofing systems.
Always consult the roofing system specific manufacturer’s instructions for applying the various
roofing types to Dens-Deck® Prime™ roof board.
Panels must be kept dry before, during
and after installation. Apply only as much
Dens-Deck® Prime™ as can be covered by
a roof membrane system in the same day.
Accumulation of water due to leaks or condensation in or on Dens-Deck® Prime™ roof board
must be avoided during construction and after
construction. Avoid over-use of non-vented
direct-fired heaters during winter months. Avoid
application of Dens-Deck® Prime™ during rains,
heavy fogs and other conditions that may
deposit moisture on the surface.
When applying solvent-based adhesives
or primers, allow sufficient time for the
solvent to flash off to avoid damage to roofing
components.
Maximum flute span is 2-5/8” for 1/4”
Dens-Deck® Prime™ ; 5” for 1/2” Dens-Deck®
Prime™ ; and 8” for 5/8” Dens-Deck® Prime™
Fireguard® Type X.
Refer to the installation instructions for
the specific roof system to be installed for
additional requirements.
Technical Data
Flame spread 0, smoke developed 0, when
tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or CAN/
ULC-S102. Noncombustible when t­ested in
accordance with ASTM E136.
Dens-Deck® Prime™ Fireguard®: UL Classified
when tested in accordance with ASTM E119.
1⁄4” Dens-Deck® Prime™ has been G-P
sponsored tested with Factory Mutual
for 60 psf and 90 psf wind uplift for BUR,
EPDM, thermoplastics and modified bitumen
roof systems. Higher wind uplift ratings have
been achieved by numerous membrane
manufacturers using Dens-Deck® Prime™ in
their FMRC-approved construction­designs.
Product Specifications (nominal)
Thickness
1/4” – 6.4mm; 1/2” – 12.7mm;
5/8” – 15.9mm Fireguard® type X
Widths
4’ – 1220mm standard,
1/8” – 3mm tolerance
Lengths
’ – 2440mm standard,
8
tolerance 1/4 – 6.4mm;
Optional: 4’ – 1220mm available
Edges
Square
Spanning
1/4” Dens-Deck® Prime
spans flute widths up to 2 5/8”
1/2” Dens-Deck® Prime
spans flute widths up to 5”
5/8” Dens-Deck® Prime
spans flutes up to 8” wide
65www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Distributed by:
Manufactured by:
DENS-DECK®
PRIME
ROOF BOARD (2 of 2)
™
Installation
1. Dens-Deck® Prime™ should be used with
fasteners specified in accordance with
FM requirements and roof membrane
manufacturer’s written recommendations.
2. For wind uplift/FMRC compliance where
Dens-Deck® Prime™ is mechanically attached
to metal decks, Dens-Deck® Prime™ shall be
installed to the specifics of the FMRC design
assembly.
3. For installations involving BUR, EPDM,
thermoplastics and modified bitumen
roof systems, call Technical Hotline at
1-800-ROOF-411 for fastener p
­ atterns
of G-P’s FMRC uplift assemblies.
4. In accordance with approved shop
drawings, FM-approved fasteners shall
be installed with plates through the
Dens-Deck® Prime™, flush with the surface.
5. Where Dens-Deck® Prime™ is installed over
combustible wood decks or insulation, all
joints should be staggered. The optional
separator sheet should be installed prior
to Dens-Deck® Prime™ installation.
133 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30303
Technical: 1-800-225-6119
6. Edge joints should be located on, and
parallel to, deck ribs. End joints of adjacent
lengths of Dens-Deck Prime should be
staggered.
7. F
or FM Class I-60, fastener density t­ypically
is increased by 50% at the roof corners, in
conjunction with FM-approved covering.
8. F
or FM Class I-90, fastener density typically­
is increased by 50% at the roof corners
and roof perimeter, in conjunction with
FM-approved covering.
9. A
dhered Systems: Insta-Foam Products,
Inc.’s Insta-Stik Adhesive used with 1/4”
Dens-Deck® Prime™ achieved a FMRC Class
I-180 according to test report 1Y7A5.AM
in selected Class 1 insulated steel and
concrete deck roof construction. Contact
Insta-Foam Products, Inc. for details at
1-800-800-FOAM.
10. Dens-Deck® Prime™ shall be installed with
ends and edges butted tightly.
11. Dens-Deck® Prime™ is manufactured to
conform to ASTM C 1177.
Physical properties
PropertieS
1/4” dens-deck® Prime™
1/2” Dens-decK® Prime™
5/8” DENS-DECK® fireguard®
Thickness, nominal inches
5/16"
1/2"
5/8"
Width, standard
4'
4'
4'
Length, standard
8' ± 1/4"
8' ± 1/4"
8' ± 1/4"
Weight, lbs./M sq. ft., nominal
1100
1950
2500
Surfacing
Glass mat/primed
Glass mat/primed
Glass mat/primed
Flexural Strength, Parallel, lbs. min.4 40580 5100 5
Flexural Strength, Perpendicular, lbs. min.4
505100 5140 5
Flute Spanability 1
2-5/8"5” 8”
Permeance Perms 50
3532
R Value3
.28
.56.67
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion,
Inches/inch/°F
8.5 x 10-6
8.5 x 10-6
8.5 x 10-6
Linear Variation with Change in Moisture
in/in/%RH
6.25 x 10-6
6.25 x 10-6
6.25 x 10-6
Absorption, % max 4
10.0
10.010.0
Compression, psi
500
2
500
500
Surface Water Absorption, grams42.5
2.5
2.5
Flame Spread
Smoke Developed (ASTM E84)
0
0
Fire Classification
UL Class A, ULC S-102
UL 1256, ULC S-126
0
FMRC Class 1
UL 1256, ULC S-126
UL Class A, ULC 102
FMRC Class 1
UL Classified ‘‘P’’ assemblies
ULC S-101
FM Uplift Approvals
FMRC 1-60, 1-90
FMRC 1-60, 1-90
60 and 90 psf uplift
Tested in accordance with ASTM E661 (400 lb. conc. load).
Tested in accordance with ASTM C355 (dry cup method).
Tested in accordance with ASTM C518 (heat flow meter).
Tested in accordance with ASTM C473.
ASTM C1177 minimums.
1
4
2
5
3
©2012 GAF 1/12
66www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
ASAP® 3P ASSEMBLED SCREW
AND 3” LOCKING PLASTIC PLATE
Description
The Drill-Tec™ ASAP® 3P (Assembled
Screw And Plate) is designed to secure
insulation to steel and wood substrates.
The Drill-Tec™ ASAP® is a Drill-Tec™
Standard Roofing Fastener assembled
with a Drill-Tec 3” Plastic Locking Plate.
The Drill-Tec™ ASAP® is available in
lengths from 2-1/4” to 8”. The Drill-Tec™
ASAP® is Factory Mutual and Dade
County approved.
Application
The Drill-Tec™ ASAP® 3P must penetrate
steel decks a minimum of 3/4”. Drive
the fastener until a slight depression is
seen around the plate; with very rigid
insulation boards, watch for the plate to
dimple. Plywood Deck the screw must
penetrate the deck a min of 1/2” wood
plank a 1” min embedment is required.
For the fastest, most effective method
of installation, use the TallBoy®
Installation Tool.
Note: Be careful not to overdrive the
fastener and fracture the skin of the
insulation. Fastener must be tight
enough so that the plate
doesn’t turn.
For steel decks, Factory Mutual
requires that the fastener penetrate
the deck at the top flute.
Code Approvals
Drill-Tec™
Asap® 3P
Assembled
Screw And
3” Locking
Plastic Plate
Plates & Accessories
For best installation results, use a
variable speed 0-2500 rpm screw
gun. For the fastest, most effective
method of installation, use the TallBoy®
Installation Tool.
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ ASAP®
with a thread diameter of .220. The
fastener must have 12.5 threads per inch
and a 30° spade point. Also, the fastener
must be heat treated per specification
OMG-1. The Drill-Tec™ ASAP® Fastener
will be preassembled with a Factory
Mutual approved, Drill-Tec™ 3” Plastic
Locking Plate. The fastener must be
Factory Mutual approved and made
in the U.S.A.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the DrillTec™ CR-10 corrosion resistant coating.
When subjected to 30 Kesternich cycles
(DIN 50018), the fastener must show less
than 15% red rust and surpass Factory
Mutual Approval Standard 4470.
Product Data
Thread Diameter
.220
Head Diameter
.435
Head Style
#3 Phillips Truss Head*
Coating
CR-10
Plate Material
Polypropylene
*#3 Phillips bit included in each carton.
Advantages
• The Drill-Tec™ ASAP® 3P greatly
reduces installation time and
labor costs.
• A Drill-Tec™ Standard Roofing Fastener
assembled with a Drill-Tec 3” Plastic
Locking Plate.
• No special installation tool required.
• Locking plate prevents fastener
pop up.
SKU # Length
459D
459E
459F
459G
459H
459I
459J
459K
459L
2 1/4”
2 7/8”
3 1/4”
3 3/4”
4 1/2”
5”
6”
7”
8”
Thread
Length
Full
2 5/8”
3”
3”
3”
3”
4”
4”
4”
Packaging Weight
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
11 lbs
12 lbs
13 lbs
14 lbs
16 lbs
17 lbs
19 lbs
21 lbs
22 lbs
Example: Drill-Tec™ ASAP® 3P Length Selection Procedure For Steel Deck
1. If applicable, determine thickness of existing roofing material.
2. Add thickness of new insulation.
3. Add 3/4” minimum fastener penetration.
4. If odd size requirement, always size up in length, not down. See example below.
Use this format to calculate correct fastener size:
Example
Existing Roofing:
1 3/4”
Existing Roof:
New Insulation:
+ 1/2”
New Insulation:
+
Min. Embedment:­+ 3/4”
Min. Embedment:
+ 3/4”
Total Fastening Range:­= 3”
Total Fastening Range: =
The proper ASAP® 3P for the example is 3 1/4”.
©2012 GAF 1/12
The proper ASAP® 3P is:
67www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
HEAVY DUTY ASAP® 2S ASSEMBLED
SCREW AND 2” STEEL BARBED PLATE
Drill-Tec™
Heavy Duty
ASAP® 2S
Assembled
Screw And
2” Steel
Barbed Plate
Description
The Drill-Tec™ Heavy Duty ASAP®
2S (Assembled Screw and 2” Steel
Barbed Plate) is designed to secure
single-ply membrane to steel and wood
substrates. The Drill-Tec™ Heavy Duty
ASAP® 2S is a Drill-Tec™ Heavy Duty #14
Fastener assembled with a Drill-Tec™ 2”
Galvalume® Barbed Plate.
The Drill-Tec™ Heavy Duty ASAP® 2S is
available in lengths from 2”-16”. Longer
lengths are assembled to order.
Application
The Drill-Tec™ Heavy Duty ASAP® 2S
must penetrate steel decks a minimum of
3/4” and wood decks a minimum of 1”.
Drive the fastener until the screw head is
seated securely; with very rigid insulation
boards, watch for the plate to dimple.
For the fastest, most-effective method
of installation, use the TallBoy® or
ShortBoy® tool.
For steel decks, Factory Mutual requires
that the fastener penetrate the deck
at the top flute. Pull test should be
performed for wood decks.
Advantages
• Heavier shank & thread diameters than
most “heavy duty” roofing fasteners.
• Deep thread for high pull-out
resistance.
• Extra sharp spade point for quick
installation in new or reroof
applications.
• Assembled with a 2” Barbed
Galvalume® Plate.
Plates & Accessories
For best installation results, use a
variable speed 0-2500 rpm screw
gun. For the fastest, most effective
method of installation, use the TallBoy®
or ShortBoy® Installation Tool.
Product Data
Thread Diameter
.245
Shank Diameter
.190
Head Diameter
.435
Head Style
#3 Phillips Truss Head*
Coating
CR-10
Plate Material
Galvalume® Steel
*#3 Phillips bit included in each carton.
SKU # Length
862A
862B
862C
862D
862E
862F
862G
862H
862I
2”
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
8”
10”
12”
Thread
Length
Full
Full
3”
4”
4”
4”
4”
5”
5”
Packaging Weight
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
200
200
12 lbs
14 lbs
16 lbs
18 lbs
20 lbs
22 lbs
24 lbs
23 lbs
26 lbs
Example: Heavy Duty ASAP® 2S Assembled Screw And
2” Steel Barbed Plate Procedure For Steel Deck
1. If applicable, determine thickness of existing roofing material.
2. Add thickness of new insulation.
3. Add 3/4” minimum fastener penetration.
4. If odd size requirement, always size up in length, not down. See example below.
Use this format to calculate correct fastener size:
Example
Existing Roofing:
1 3/4”
Existing Roof:
New Insulation:
+ 1/2”
New Insulation:
+
Min. Embedment:­+ 3/4”(Steel Deck)
Min. Embedment:
+ 3/4” (Steel Deck)
Total Fastening Range:­= 3”
Total Fastening Range: =
The proper ASAP® 2S for the example is 3”.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ Heavy
Duty ASAP® 2S with a shank diameter
of 0.190 and a thread diameter of 0.245.
The fastener must have 10 threads per
inch and a 30° spade point. Also, the
fastener must be heat treated per specification OMG-1. The Drill-Tec™ Heavy
Duty #14 Fastener will be assembled
with a Factory Mutual approved, DrillTec™ 2” Galvalume® Barbed Plate.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the DrillTec™ CR-10 corrosion resistant coating.
When subjected to 30 Kesternich cycles
(DIN 50018), the fastener must show less
than 15% red rust and surpass Factory
Mutual Approval Standard 4470.
The proper ASAP® 2S is:
68www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY ASAP® ASSEMBLED
SCREW & 2 3/8” STEEL BARBED PLATE
Drill-Tec™
Extra Heavy
Duty ASAP®
Assembled
Screw
And 2 3/8”
Steel Plate
Description
The Drill-Tec™ Extra Heavy Duty
ASAP® (Assembled Screw and Plate)
is a specialized, high performance
fastener designed to secure insulation
and single-ply membrane to steel. The
Drill-Tec™ Extra Heavy Duty ASAP®
is a Drill-Tec™ Extra Heavy Duty #15
Fastener assembled with a Drill-Tec™
2 3/8” Barbed Galvalume® Plate.
Application
The Drill-Tec™ Extra Heavy Duty ASAP®
must penetrate steel decks a minimum
of 3/4”. The Drill-Tec™ Extra Heavy Duty
ASAP® should always be tested on site
by a GAF representative to determine
performance and proper installation
procedure. Call GAF to schedule testing.
Note: Make sure not to overdrive
the fastener. Fastener must be tight
enough so that the plate doesn’t turn.
Factory Mutual requires that the
fastener penetrates the steel deck
at the top flute.
Advantages
•Oversized heavy shank and thread
diameters for enhanced pull-out
resistance in light gauge steel and
aluminum roof decks.
•Deep buttress threads further increase
pull-out resistance.
•Miniature drill point penetrates decks
quickly and contributes to exceptional
resistance to back-out as well as
pull-out.
•Assembled with a 2 3/8” Barbed
Galvalume® Plate.
Plates & Accessories
For best installation results, use a
variable speed 0-2500 rpm screw
gun. For the fastest, most effective
method of installation, use the TallBoy®
or Installation Tool.
Product Data
Head Diameter
Thread Diameter
.435
.275
Head Style
#3 Phillips Truss Head
Coating
CR-10
Plate Material
Galvalume® Steel
SKU # Length
Thread
Length
Packaging Weight
86PN
86PO
86PP
86PQ
86PR
86PS
86PU
86PW
Full
3”
4”
4”
4”
4”
4”
4”
250
250
250
250
250
250
200
200
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
8”
10”
12”
21 lbs
23 lbs
25 lbs
27 lbs
30 lbs
33 lbs
31 lbs
34 lbs
Example: Extra Heavy Duty ASAP® Length Selection Procedure
For Light Gauge Steel Deck
1. If applicable, determine thickness of existing roofing material.
2. Add thickness of new insulation.
3. Add 3/4” minimum fastener penetration.
4. If odd size requirement, always size up in length, not down. See example below.
Use this format to calculate correct fastener size:
Example
Existing Roofing:
1 3/4”
Existing Roof:
New Insulation:
+1/2”
New Insulation:
+
Min. Embedment:­+3/4”(Light Gauge Steel Deck) Min. Embedment:
+ 3/4” (Light Gauge Steel Deck)
Total Fastening Range:­= 3”
Total Fastening Range: =
The proper Extra Heavy Duty ASAP®
for the example is 3”.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ Extra
Heavy Duty ASAP® with a thread
diameter of .275. The fastener must
have 12 threads per inch and a drill
point. Also, the fastener must be heat
treated per specification OMG-1.
The Drill-Tec™ Extra Heavy Duty #15
Fastener will be assembled with a
2 3/8” Galvalume® Steel Barbed Plate.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the
Drill-Tec™ CR-10 corrosion resistant
coating. When subjected to 30
Kesternich cycles (DIN 50018), the
fastener must show less than 15%
red rust and surpass Factory Mutual
Approval Standard 4470.
The proper Extra Heavy
Duty ASAP® is:
69www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
-TEC™
DRILL
®
ASAP 3S ASSEMBLED SCREW
AND 3” STEEL PLATE
Description
The Drill-Tec™ ASAP® 3S (Assembled
Screw and Plate) is designed to secure
insulation to steel and wood substrates.
The Drill-Tec™ ASAP® 3S is Drill-Tec™
Standard #12 Roofing Fastener assembled with Drill-Tec™ 3” Galvalume® Plate.
The Drill-Tec™ ASAP® 3S is available in
lengths from 2-1/4” to 8” in stock. Longer
lengths are assembled to order.
The Drill-Tec™ ASAP® 3S is Factory
Mutual and Dade County approved.
Application
The Drill-Tec™ ASAP® 3S must penetrate
steel decks a minimum of 3/4”. Drive
the fastener until the screw head is
seated securely; with very rigid insulation
boards, watch for the plate to dimple.
For the fastest, most effective method
of installation, use the TallBoy® or
ShortBoy® tool.
Note: Be careful not to overdrive the
fastener and fracture the skin of the
insulation. Fastener must be tight
enough so that the plate
doesn’t turn.
For steel decks, Factory Mutual
requires that the fastener penetrate
the deck at the top flute.
Code Approvals
Drill-Tec™
Asap® 3S
Assembled
Screw And
3” Steel Plate
Advantages
• The Drill-Tec™ ASAP® 3S greatly reduces installation time and labor costs.
• A Drill-Tec™ Standard #12 Roofing
Fastener assembled with a Drill-Tec™
3” Galvalume® Plate.
• No special installation tool required.
• Steel plate sits flat on Dens-Deck®
and other high density insulations.
Plates & Accessories
For best installation results, use a
variable speed 0-2500 rpm screw
gun. For the fastest, most effective method of installation, use the
TallBoy® Installation Tool.
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ ASAP®
3S with a thread diameter of .220. The
fastener must have 12.5 threads per
inch and a 30° spade point. Also, the
fastener must be heat treated per
specification OMG-1. The Drill-Tec™
ASAP® 3S Fastener will be assembled
with a Factory Mutual approved, Drill-Tec
3” Galvalume® Plate. The fastener must
be Factory Mutual approved and made
in the U.S.A.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the DrillTec™ CR-10 corrosion resistant coating.
When subjected to 30 Kesternich cycles
(DIN 50018), the fastener must show less
than 15% red rust and surpass Factory
Mutual Approval Standard 4470.
Product Data
Thread Diameter
.220
Head Diameter
.435
Head Style
#3 Phillips Truss Head*
Coating
CR-10
Plate Material
Galvalume® Steel
*#3 Phillips bit included in each carton.
SKU # Length
458D
458E
458F
458G
458H
458I
458J
458K
458L
2 1/4”
2 7/8”
3 1/4”
3 3/4”
4 1/2”
5”
6”
7”
8”
Thread
Length
Full
2 5/8”
3”
3”
3”
3”
4”
4”
4”
Packaging Weight
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
15 lbs
16 lbs
17 lbs
18 lbs
19 lbs
21 lbs
23 lbs
25 lbs
26 lbs
Example: Drill-Tec™ ASAP® 3S Length Selection Procedure For Steel Deck
1. If applicable, determine thickness of existing roofing material.
2. Add thickness of new insulation.
3. Add 3/4” minimum fastener penetration.
4. If odd size requirement, always size up in length, not down. See example below.
Use this format to calculate correct fastener size:
Example
Existing Roofing:
1 3/4”
Existing Roof:
New Insulation:
+ 1/2”
New Insulation:
+
Min. Embedment:­+ 3/4”
Min. Embedment:
+ 3/4”
Total Fastening Range:­= 3”
Total Fastening Range: =
The proper ASAP® 3S for the example is 3 1/4”.
©2012 GAF 1/12
The proper ASAP® 3S is:
70www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
CD-10 FASTENER
Description
The Drill-Tec™ CD-10 is a hammerin, non-threaded fastener designed
to secure insulation and single-ply
membrane to structural concrete. This
fastener is available in 2” - 12” lengths.
The CD-10 is Factory Mutual and Dade
County approved.
Application
Predrill a 7/32” hole using a carbide drill
bit. The fastener is then installed with a
2 lb. short handle sledge hammer.
Minimum fastener embedment into the
deck should be 1”. The predrilled hole
must be a minimum of 1/2” deeper than
fastener embedment.
Note: Be careful not to overdrive the
fastener, causing subsequent damage
to the insulation facer.
Code Approvals
Advantages
• Diamond point allows easier installation
and less chance of hole damage.
• Split bulb exerts pressure on walls
of hole, producing remarkable
holding power.
• Strongest hammer-in fastener
available.
• Typical pull-out values in cured concrete (3000 psi) are 800 lbs. to 1200
lbs. A pull-out test is recommended.
• The Drill-Tec™ CD-10 is F.M. and Dade
County approved.
Plates & Accessories
• 3” steel or plastic plates, depending on
application.
• Use a 7/32” carbide tip SDS or straight
shank drill bit.
Drill-Tec™
CD-10 Fastener
Product Data
Head Diameter
.435
Head Height
.115
Head Style
Flat Top Pan
Split Diameter
.270/.277
Coating
CR-10
Point Angle
45°
SKU #
Packaging
4560
4569
4561
4570
4562
4563
4564
4571
4565
4566
4556
4557
456D
456E
456F
Length
2”
2 1/2”
3”
3 1/2”
4”
4 1/2”
5”
5 1/2”
6”
7”
8”
9”
10”
11”
12”
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
250
250
250
250
Weight
13
16
18
21
23
25
28
31
33
38
44
25
28
31
33
lbs
lbs
lbs
lbs
lbs
lbs
lbs
lbs
lbs
lbs
lbs
lbs
lbs
lbs
lbs
Example: Drill-Tec™ CD-10 Length Selection Procedure
1. If applicable, determine thickness of existing roofing material.
2. Add thickness of new insulation.
3. Add 1” minimum fastener penetration.
4. If odd size requirement, always size up in length, not down. See example below.
Use this format to calculate correct fastener size:
Example
Existing Roofing:
1 3/4”
Existing Roof:
New Insulation:
+ 1/2”
New Insulation:
+
Min. Embedment:­+ 1”
Min. Embedment:
+ 1”
Total Fastening Range:­= 3 1/4”
Total Fastening Range:
=
The proper CD-10 for the example is 3 1/2”.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ CD-10
with a split diameter of .270/.277 and a
45° point angle. The fastener material
must be a hard carbon steel per specification RM-03. The Drill-Tec™ CD-10 fastener will be used with a Factory Mutual
approved Drill-Tec round pressure plate.
The fastener must be Factory Mutual
approved and made in the U.S.A.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the DrillTec™ CR-10 corrosion resistant coating.
When subjected to 30 Kesternich cycles
(DIN 50018), the fastener must show less
than 15% red rust and surpass Factory
Mutual Approval Standard 4470.
The proper CD-10 Fastener is:
71www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
BASE SHEET FASTENER E (1.2 in.)
Description
The Drill-Tec™Base Sheet Fastener E (1.2in.)
is precision formed from coated G-90
galvanized steel OMG assembled to a 2.7”
Galvalume® plate.
A Pogo Stick or wooden mallet should be
used to install the fastener. This fastener
is designed to secure base sheets to
a minimum 1.25” thickness of poured
lightweight insulating concrete or various
gypsums. The Drill-Tec™Base Sheet
Fastener E (1.2in.) is Factory Mutual and
Dade County approved.
Application
The Drill-Tec™Base Sheet Fastener E (1.2in.)
will be embedded into a minimum of 1.25” of
poured lightweight insulating concrete or
various gypsums. Lightweight insulating
concrete or gypsum must be surface dry
and reasonably smooth prior to roofing. For
the best performance, the fastener should
always be installed perpendicular to the
substrate. Installation of fasteners too far apart
or too close together can result in interaction
of forces on the substrate and lead to a
reduction of fastener performance.
Drill-Tec™Base Sheet Fastener E (1.2in.) is
FM approved with certain base sheet and
insulated concrete combinations.
Note: On reroofing applications, prior to job
start, verify pattern for specific deck type and
roof cover; and test or inspect the roof deck
to determine the pull-out values.
Drill-Tec
1.2 Base Sheet
Fastener E
With Plate
™
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™Base Sheet
Fastener E (1.2in.) with a head size of 1.125”
and a leg length of 1.2”. For high-wind
applications, the fastener must be assembled
with FM approvals, Drill-Tec™ Base Sheet
Galvalume® plate. The complete fastener,
head and legs, must be OMG coated. The
fastener must be Factory Mutual approved
and made in the U.S.A.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the
Drill-Tec™ OMG corrosion resistant
coating. The fastener must meet FM
approvals Standard 4470. The
plate must be Galvalume® and also meet
FM approvals Standard 4470.
FM Approved Drill-Tec™Base Sheet
Fastener E (1.2in.) Nailing Patterns
Due to frequent changes in FM approval
requirements for the securement of base
sheets to various lightweight concrete decks,
please contact the roof cover
manufacturer for up-to-date information
on approved fastening patterns.
Product Data
Base Sheet Fastener:
Code Approvals
Head Size
1.125” x 1”
Leg Length
Material
1.2”
G-90 galvanized with
OMG coating
Advantages
• Drill-Tec™Base Sheet Fastener E (1.2in.)
is FM and Miami Dade County approved.
• Assembled Drill-Tec™Base Sheet
Fastener E (1.2in.) greatly reduces
installation time and labor cost.
• Entire fastener is OMG coated to
prevent in-place corrosion.
Plates & Accessories
• Drill-Tec™Base Sheet Fastener E (1.2in.) is
assembled with a Galvalume® 2.7” plate.
• Use a Pogo Stick to install the fastener.
Material
Thickness
Plate:
.014 nominal
Diameter
2.7”
Material
Material
Thickness
Packaging
Assembled
Galvalume®
Shipping Weight
36 lbs.
.014 nominal
1000 per carton
Catalog Number:
Drill-Tec™Base Sheet
459UE
Fastener E (1.2in.)
©2012 GAF 1/12
72www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
DL 1.7 BASE SHEET FASTENER
Description
Two legged fastener for attachment
of base sheet to lightweight insulating
concrete roofdecks. Designed specifically
for applications that require maximum
withdrawal resistance.
Fastener: Precision formed from polymer
coated steel to prevent corrosion. 2.4” x 1.3”
rectangular rib reinforced head. Two
rectangular dual gripping legs, 1.7” long.
Disk: Precision formed from coated steel to
prevent corrosion. Rib reinforced cap,
3.6” x 2.5”.
Application
The Drill-Tec™ DL1.7 Base Sheet Fastener
will be embedded into a minimum of 2” of
poured lightweight insulating concrete.
smooth prior to roofing. For the best
performance, the fastener should always
be installed perpendicular to the substrate.
Installation of fasteners too far apart or
too close together can result in interaction
of forces on the substrate and lead to a
reduction of fastener performance.
Note: Prior to job start, contact the
manufacturer to determine the correct
nailing pattern. On reroofing applications,
prior to job start, roof should be inspected
or tested to determine the pullout values.
Code Approvals
Drill-Tec™ DL1.7
Base Sheet
Fastener
©2012 GAF 1/12
Advantages
• The Drill-Tec™ DL1.7 Base Sheet Fastener
is approved by FM approvals and
Miami-Dade County.
• Drill-Tec™ DL1.7 Base Sheet Fastener
meets FM Class I-150 Wind Uplift
requirements when installed in
accordance with FM requirements.
• Assembled Drill-Tec™ DL1.7 Base Sheet
Fastener greatly reduces installation
time and labor cost.
• Assembled Base Sheet Fasteners are
packaged for easy handling on roof.
• Fastener is OMG coated to prevent
in-place corrosion.
Plates & Accessories
• Use a Pogo Stick to install the fastener.
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ DL1.7 Base
Sheet Fastener with a head size of 2.4”
and a leg length of 1.7”. For FM Approved
applications, the fastener must be installed
with a Factory Mutual approved, Drill-Tec™
Base Sheet Galvalume® plate. The complete
fastener, head and legs, must be CR-10
coated. The fastener must be Factory
Mutual approved and made in the U.S.A.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the
Drill-Tec™ OMG corrosion resistant
coating. Fastener must meet FM
Approvals Standard 4470. The plate must
be Galvalume® and also meet FM
Approvals Standard 4470.
FM Approved CR-Base Sheet
Fastener Nailing Patterns
Due to frequent changes in FM Approvals
requirements for the securement of base
sheets to various lightweight concrete
decks, please contact the roof cover
manufacturer or Drill-Tec Fasteners
for up-to-date information on approved
fastening patterns.
Product Data
Base Sheet Fastener:
Head Size
2.4” x 1.3”
Leg Length
1.7” (2 Legs)
G-90 galvanized with
OMG coating
Material
Material
Thickness
Plate:
.014 nominal
Dimensions
3.6” x 2.5”
Material
Material
Thickness
Packaging
Assembled
Galvalume®
Shipping Weight
35 lbs.
.014 nominal
500 per carton
Catalog Number:
Drill-Tec™ DL1.7
4594
Base Sheet Fastener
73www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
BASE SHEET FASTENER (1.7in)
Description
The Drill-Tec™ Base Sheet Fastener (1.7in.)
is a, precision formed from G-90 galvanized
steel, coated with OMG. assembled with
a 2.75“ Galvalume® plate. A Pogo Stick or
wooden mallet should be used to install the
fastener. This fastener is designed to secure
base sheets to a minimum 2” thickness of
poured lightweight insulating concrete or
various gypsums.
The Drill-Tec™ Base Sheet Fastener (1.7in.) is
Factory Mutual and Dade County approved.
Application
The Drill-Tec™ Base Sheet Fastener (1.7in.)
will be embedded into a minimum of 2” of poured lightweight insulating concrete.
smooth prior to roofing. For the best
performance, the fastener should always
be installed perpendicular to the substrate.
Installation of fasteners too far apart or
too close together can result in interaction
of forces on the substrate and lead to a
reduction of fastener performance.
Note: Prior to job start, contact the
manufacturer to determine the correct
nailing pattern. On reroofing applications,
prior to job start, roof should be inspected or
tested to determine the pullout values.
Code Approvals
Drill-Tec™
Base Sheet
Fastener (1.7in.)
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ Base
Sheet Fastener (1.7in.) with a head size of
1.125” and a leg length of 1.75”. For FM
applications, the fastener must be installed
with a Factory Mutual approved, Drill-Tec™
Base Sheet Galvalume® plate. The complete
fastener, head and legs, must be OMG
coated. The fastener must be Factory Mutual
approved and made in the U.S.A.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the
Drill-Tec™ OMG corrosion resistant
coating. Fastener must meet FM Approvals
Standard 4470. The
plate must be Galvalume® and also meet
Factory Mutual Approval Standard 4470.
FM Approved Drill-Tec™ Base Sheet
(1.7in.) Fastener Nailing Patterns
Due to frequent changes in FM Approvals
requirements for the securement of base
sheets to various lightweight concrete decks,
please contact the roof cover
manufacturer or Drill-Tec Fasteners
for up-to-date information on approved
fastening patterns.
Product Data
Base Sheet Fastener:
Approvals
• Drill-Tec™ Base Sheet Fastener (1.7in.) is
FM approved.
• Assembled 1.7 Base Sheet Fastener E
greatly reduces installation time and
labor cost.
• Assembled Base Sheet Fasteners are
packaged for easy handling on roof.
• Fastener is CR-10 coated to prevent
in-place corrosion.
Plates & Accessories
• 1.7 Base Sheet Fastener E with plate
is assembled with a Galvalume®
2 .75” plate.
• Use a Pogo Stick to install the fastener.
Head Size
1.125” x 1”
Leg Length
1.7”
G-90 galvanized with
OMG coating
Material
Material
Thickness
Plate:
.014 nominal
Diameter
2.7”
Material
Material
Thickness
Packaging
Assembled
Galvalume®
Shipping Weight
10 lbs.
1000 per carton
Catalog Number:
Drill-Tec™ Base
Sheet Fastener
(1.7in.)
©2012 GAF 1/12
.014 nominal
459CE
74www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
HEAVY DUTY #14
ROOFING FASTENER
Description
The Drill-Tec™ Heavy Duty #14 Roofing
Fastener is designed to secure insulation to heavy steel (18 ga.– 20 ga.) and
wood decks. It is available in lengths
from 1-1/4” – 16”. The Drill-Tec™ Heavy
Duty Roofing Fastener is Factory Mutual
and Dade County approved.
Application
The Drill-Tec™ Heavy Duty #14 Roofing
Fastener must penetrate the deck a
minimum of 3/4”. Using a screwshooter,
drive the fastener until the screw head
is seated securely; with very rigid
insulation boards, watch for the plate
to dimple.
Note: Be careful not to overdrive the
fastener and fracture the skin of the
insulation. Fastener must be tight
enough so that the plate doesn’t turn.
Code Approvals
Drill-Tec™
Heavy Duty #14
Roofing Fastener
threads per inch and have a 30° spade
point. Also, the fastener must be heat
treated per specification OMG-1. The
Drill-Tec™ Heavy Duty Roofing Fastener
will be used with a Factory Mutual
approved, Drill-Tec™ round pressure
plate. The fastener must be Factory
Mutual approved and made in the
U.S.A.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the
Drill-Tec™ CR-10 corrosion resistant coating. When subjected to 30
Kesternich cycles (DIN 50018), the
fastener must show less than 15%
red rust and surpass Factory Mutual
Approval Standard 4470.
Product Data
Thread Diameter
.245
Shank Diameter
.190
Head Diameter
.435
Head Style
#3 Phillips Truss Head*
Advantages
• Heavier shank & thread diameters
than most “heavy duty” roofing
fasteners.
• Deep thread for high pull-out
resistance.
• Extra sharp spade point for
quick installation in new or
reroof applications.
Plates & Accessories
• Use 3” steel or plastic plates,
depending upon the application.
• For best installation results, use
a variable speed 0-2500 rpm
screw gun.
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ Heavy
Duty #14 Roofing Fastener with a shank
diameter of .190 and a thread diameter
of .245. The fastener must have 10
Coating
CR-10
*#3 Phillips bit included in each carton.
Thread Packaging Weight
Length
4512
1 3/4” Full
1000
17 lbs
4513
2”
Full
1000
19 lbs
4514
3”
Full
1000
27 lbs
4515
4”
3”
1000
35 lbs
4516
5”
4”
500
23 lbs
4517
6”
4”
500
26 lbs
4518
7”
4”
500
30 lbs
4519
8”
4”
500
34 lbs
4520
9”
5”
500
37 lbs
4521
10”
5”
500
40 lbs
4522
11”
5”
500
44 lbs
4523
12”
5”
250
25 lbs
4524
14”
5”
250
29 lbs
4525
16”
5”
250
38 lbs
Longer Lengths Available Upon Request.
Call GAF For Information.
SKU # Length
Example: Drill-Tec™ Heavy Duty Roofing Fastener Length Selection Procedure
1. If applicable, determine thickness of existing roofing material.
2. Add thickness of new insulation.
3. Add 3/4” minimum fastener penetration.
4. If odd size requirement, always size up in length, not down. See example below.
Use this format to calculate correct fastener size:
Example
Existing Roofing:
1 3/4”
Existing Roof:
New Insulation:
+ 1/2”
New Insulation:
+
Min. Embedment:­+ 3/4”
Min. Embedment:
+ 3/4”
Total Fastening Range:­= 3
Total Fastening Range:
=
The proper Heavy Duty Roofing
Fastener for the example is 3”.
©2012 GAF 1/12
The proper Heavy Duty
Roofing Fastener is:
75www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
LITE-DECK FASTENER
Description
The Drill-Tec™ Lite-Deck Fastener is
designed to secure insulation to gypsum, all cementitious wood fiber decks
(Permadeck, Insulrock, Tectum®, etc.)
It is available in lengths from 2-5/8”12”. The Drill-Tec™ Lite-Deck Fastener
is Factory Mutual and Dade County
approved.
Application
The Drill-Tec™ Lite-Deck Fastener can
be installed into cementitious wood fiber
decks without pre-drilling. A pilot hole is
required for gypsum. Hole size is determined by pull-out results.
The Drill-Tec™ Lite-Deck Fastener must
penetrate the deck a minimum of 2”.
Using a screwshooter, drive the fastener
until a slight depression is seen around
the plate, or, with very rigid insulation
boards, watch for the plate to dimple.
Note: Be careful not to overdrive the
fastener, causing subsequent damage
to the insulation facer. Fastener must
be tight enough so that the plate
doesn’t turn.
Code Approvals
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ LiteDeck Fastener with a shank diameter
of .312 and a thread diameter of .375.
The fastener must have an 90˚ flat head
with a #3 square drive. The Drill-Tec
Lite-Deck Fastener will be used with
a specially designed Factory Mutual
approved, Drill-Tec 3” steel plate or
pressure bar. The fastener must be
Factory Mutual approved and made in
the U.S.A.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the
Drill-Tec™ CR-10 corrosion resistant
coating. When subjected to 30
Kesternich cycles (DIN 50018), the
fastener must show less than 15%
red rust and surpass Factory Mutual
Approval Standard 4470.
Product Data
Thread Diameter .375
Shank Diameter
.312
Head Diameter
.712
#3 Square Drive
Flat Head*
CR-10
Head Style
Coating
Drill-Tec™
Lite-Deck
Fastener
*#3 Square Bit included in each carton.
Advantages
• The Drill-Tec™ Lite-Deck Fastener is
FM and Dade County approved.
• Deep, coarse thread provides high
pull-out resistance.
• Can be installed into cementitious
wood fiber decks without pre-drilling.
Plates & Accessories
• A specially designed 3” steel plate
or batten bar can be used when
securing insulation or membrane.
• For best application results, use a high
torque, variable speed screw gun.
SKU # Length
457N
457O
457P
457Q
457R
457S
457T
457U
457V
457W
2 5/8”
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
8”
9”
10”
12”
Thread
Length
Full
2 5/8”
3”
3”
3”
3”
3”
3”
3”
3”
Packaging Weight
500
500
500
250
250
250
250
125
125
125
32 lbs
36 lbs
47 lbs
30 lbs
36 lbs
41 lbs
46 lbs
26 lbs
29 lbs
34 lbs
Example: Drill-Tec™ Lite-Deck Fastener Length Selection Procedure
1. If applicable, determine thickness of existing roofing material.
2. Add thickness of new insulation.
3. Add 2” minimum fastener penetration.
Note: When pre-drilling, allow extra 1/2”.
4. If odd size requirement, always size up in length, not down. See example below.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Example
Existing Roofing:
1 3/4”
New Insulation:
+ 1/2”
Min. Embedment:­+ 2”
Total Fastening Range:­= 4 1/4”
Use this format to calculate correct fastener size:
The proper Lite-Deck Fastener for the example is 5”.
The proper Lite-Deck Fastener is:
Existing Roof:
New Insulation:
Min. Embedment:
Total Fastening Range:
+
+ 2”
=
76www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
MASONRY ANCHOR
Description
The Drill-Tec™ Masonry Anchor is
designed to attach termination bars
to concrete or masonry walls. This
fastener is available with a long-lasting
zinc plated steel pin. There are two
diameters available, 1/4” and 3/16”.
The lengths range from 7/8” to 2”.
Application
Predrill a 1/4” or 3/16” hole using a
carbide tip SDS or straight shank drill
bit. The diameter of the hole must match
the shank diameter of the masonry
anchor. The predrilled hole must be a
minimum of 1/2” deeper than the anchor
embedment. The Drill-Tec™ Masonry
Anchor is then installed with a hammer.
Minimum fastener embedment into the
wall should be 5/8” for the 3/16” shank
masonry anchor and 3/4” for the 1/4”
shank masonry anchor.
Advantages
• Typical pull-out values in cured
concrete (3000 psi) are 400 lbs.
for the 3/16” shank diameter, 800
lbs. for the 1/4” shank diameter zinc
alloy anchors.
• Available with along-lasting zinc
plated steel pin.
• The GSA number for government
projects is FFS-325, Group V, Type 2,
Class 3 for zinc alloy anchors.
Plates & Accessories
• To be used with channel, lip, or flat
termination bars, depending on
application.
• Use a 1/4” or 3/16” carbide tip SDS or straight shank drill bit.
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™
Masonry Anchor. The fastener must
meet GSA specification number
FFS-325, Group V, Type 2, Class 3. The
fastener must be made in the U.S.A.
Drill-Tec™
Masonry Anchor
Instructions
1. Insert Drill-Tec™ Masonry Anchor
through the mounting holes in the
termination bar and into the
predrilled hole.
2. Tap lightly until head of anchor
body is set gently against the
termination bar.
3. Hammer pin flush to expand
the body.
Product Data
All Drill-Tec™ Masonry Anchors are
available in 1000 piece bulk cartons
or 1000 piece cartons which contain
ten 100 piece boxes.
Diameter
3/16” or 1/4”
Material
Zinc Alloy
Pin Material
Zinc Plated Steel
SKU # Diameter Length Packaging Weight
457D
3/16”
Full
1000
10 lbs
457F
1/4”
2 5/8”
1000
20 lbs
457H
1/4”
3”
1000
22 lbs
457J
1/4”
3”
1000
25 lbs
457L
1/4”
3”
1000
31 lbs
Example: Drill-Tec™ Masonry Anchor Length Selection Procedure
1. If applicable, determine thickness of existing roofing material.
2. Add thickness of new insulation.
3. Add 2” minimum fastener penetration.
Note: When pre-drilling, allow extra 1/2”.
4. If odd size requirement, always size up in length, not down. See example below.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Example
Existing Roofing:
1 3/4”
New Insulation:
+ 1/2”
Min. Embedment:­+ 2”
Total Fastening Range:­= 4 1/4”
Use this format to calculate correct fastener size:
The proper Lite-Deck Fastener for the example is 5”.
The proper Lite-Deck Fastener is:
Existing Roof:
New Insulation:
Min. Embedment:
Total Fastening Range:
+
+ 2”
=
77www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
STEEL AND PLASTIC PLATES
Description
Drill-Tec™ Steel Plates are made of
Galvalume® coated steel. The round
design provides an even distribution
of loads and eliminates sharp corners
that can damage the insulation or
membrane. Drill-Tec™ 23/8” and 23/4”
plates should be used for lap seam
fastening. Drill-Tec™ 3” plates should
be used when fastening insulation.
These plates are designed to be used
with Drill-Tec™ fasteners.
Code Approvals
Pressure
Plates
Drill-Tec™
Steel Plates
Product Data
Plate
SKU # Diameter Packaging Weight
2" Barbed
Plate
8676
2"
1000
29 lbs
2" DoubleBarbed Plate
46DB
2 1/8”
1000
34 lbs
2 3/8" XHD
Barbed
Seam Plate
8678
2 3/8”
1000
45 lbs
2 3/4” Super
XHD Plate
8679
2 3/4”
500
37 lbs
3" Galvalume®
Plate
4577
2 7/8”
1000
37 lbs
3" Lite-Deck
Plate
457B
3"
500
19 lbs
3" Base
Sheet Plate
45JJ
3"
1000
46 lbs
Physical Data
2” Barbed Plate
Application: Attaches EverGuard® membrane to the substrate.
Fastener:Drill-Tec™ HD #14 Fasteners, XHD #15 Fasteners and Drill-Tec™ CD-10 Fasteners
2” Double-Barbed Plate
Application: Attaches EverGuard® membrane to the substrate.
Fastener:Drill-Tec™ XHD #15 Fasteners, SXHD #21 Fasteners and Drill-Tec™ CD-10 Fasteners.
23/8” XHD Barbed Seam Plate
Application: Attaches EverGuard® membrane to the substrate.
Fastener:Drill-Tec™ XHD #15 Fasteners and Drill-Tec™ CD-10 Fasteners.
23/4” Super XHD Double-Barbed Seam Plate
Application: Attaches EverGuard® membrane to the substrate.
Fastener:Drill-Tec™ SXHD #21 Fasteners and Drill-Tec™ CD-10 Fasteners.
3” Galvalume® Plate
Application: Attaches insulation to the substrate.
Fastener:Drill-Tec™ Standard, #12 Fasteners, HD #14 Fasteners,
CD-10 Fasteners, Fluted Nail.
Lite-Deck Plate
Application:Attaches insulation to gypsum, Tectum® and lightweight concrete decks.
Fastener:Drill-Tec™ Lite-Deck Fastener.
Base Sheet Plate
Application:Attaches base sheets to lightweight insulating concrete and various gypsums.
Fastener:Drill-Tec™ Standard or 1.2 Base Sheet Fastener.
Drill-Tec™
Plastic Plates
Description
Drill-Tec™ 3” plates should be used when
fastening insulation. All Drill-Tec™ plates
are round and designed to be used with
Drill-Tec™ fasteners.
Code Approvals
Product Data
Plate
SKU # Diameter Packaging Weight
3" Plastic
Plate
4578
3 1/16"
1000
25 lbs
3" Locking
Plastic Plate
45JK
3 1/16”
1000
25 lbs
Physical Data
3” Polypropylene Plastic Plate
Application: Attaches insulation to the substrate.
Fastener:Drill-Tec Standard, Heavy Duty, CD-10, Fluted Nail or Toggle Bolt fastener.
3” Polypropylene Locking Plastic Plate
Application: Attaches insulation to the substrate.
Fastener:Drill-Tec Standard, Heavy Duty or Toggle Bolt fastener.
©2012 GAF 1/12
78www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
STANDARD #12
ROOFING FASTENER
Description
The Drill-Tec™ Standard #12 Roofing
Fastener is designed to secure insulation
to steel (18 ga. – 24 ga.) and wood. It is
available in lengths from 1-5/8” – 8”. The
Drill-Tec™ Standard #12 Roofing Fastener
is Factory Mutual and Dade County
approved.
Application
The Drill-Tec™ Standard #12 Roofing
Fastener must penetrate steel decks a
minimum of 3/4”, wood plank decks a minimum of 1” and 1/2” through the underside
for plywood decks. Using a screw gun,
drive the fastener until the screw head is
seated securely; with very rigid insulation
boards, watch for the plate to dimple.
Note: Be careful not to overdrive the fastener and fracture the skin of the insulation. Fastener must be tight enough so
that the plate doesn’t turn.
For steel decks, Factory Mutual requires
that the fastener penetrate the deck at the
top flute.
To speed installation, this fastener is also
available as a labor saving assembled
screw and plate. See ASAP®.
Code Approvals
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ Standard
#12 Roofing Fastener with a thread
diameter of .220. The fastener must have
12.5 buttress threads per inch and a 30°
spade point. Also, the fastener must be
heat treated per specification OMG-1. The
Drill-Tec™ Standard Roofing Fastener will
be used with a Factory Mutual approved,
Drill-Tec™ round pressure plate or pressure bar. The fastener must be Factory
Mutual approved and made in the U.S.A.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the
Drill-Tec™ CR-10 corrosion resistant coating. When subjected to 30 Kesternich
cycles (DIN 50018), the fastener must
show less than 15% red rust and surpass
Factory Mutual Approval Standard 4470.
Product Data
Thread Diameter .220
Head Diameter
Truss Head
.435
Hex Head
.390
#3 Phillips Truss Head*
1/4” Hex Head*
CR-10
Head Style
Coating
Drill-Tec™
Standard #12
Roofing Fastener
Advantages
• Heavier shank & thread diameters than
most “standard” roofing fasteners.
• Deep buttress thread for high pull-out
resistance.
• Extra sharp spade point for quick installation in new or reroof applications.
• Available with Hex Head or #3 Phillips
Truss Head.
Plates & Accessories
• Use 3” steel or plastic plates, depending
upon the application.
• For best installation results, use a variable speed 0-2500 rpm screw gun.
*#3 Phillips bit or Hex Head drive included
in each carton.
SKU # Length
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
1 5/8”
2 1/4”
2 7/8”
3 1/4”
3 3/4”
4 1/2”
5”
6”
7”
8”
Thread
Length
Full
Full
Full
3”
3”
3”
3”
4”
4”
4”
Packaging Weight
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
13 lbs
17 lbs
20 lbs
22 lbs
25 lbs
30 lbs
36 lbs
43 lbs
46 lbs
56 lbs
Example: Drill-Tec™ Standard Roofing Fastener Length Selection Procedure
1. If applicable, determine thickness of existing roofing material.
2. Add thickness of new insulation.
3. Add 3/4” minimum fastener penetration.
4. If odd size requirement, always size up in length, not down. See example below.
Use this format to calculate correct fastener size:
Example
Existing Roofing:
1 3/4”
Existing Roof:
New Insulation:
+ 1/2”
New Insulation:
+
Min. Embedment:­+ 3/4
Min. Embedment:
+ 3/4”
Total Fastening Range:­= 3”
Total Fastening Range:
=
The proper Standard Roofing Fastener
for the example is 3 1/4”.
©2012 GAF 1/12
The proper Standard
Roofing Fastener is:
79www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
SUPER EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
#21 ROOFING FASTENER
Drill-Tec™ Super
Extra Heavy Duty
#21 Roofing
Fastener
©2012 GAF 1/12
Description
The Drill-Tec™ Super Extra Heavy Duty
#21 Roofing Fastener is a specialized,
high performance fastener designed
to secure single-ply membrane to 22
gauge metal decks or lighter.
Application
The Drill-Tec™ Super Extra Heavy Duty
#21 Roofing Fastener should always be
tested on-site by an GAF representative
to determine performance and proper
installation procedure. Call GAF to
schedule testing. A minimum penetration of 1 inch through the deck is
required on a 22 gauge metal deck.
Note: Make sure not to overdrive the
fastener. Fastener must be tight enough
so that the plate doesn’t turn. Factory
Mutual requires that the fastener penetrates the steel deck at the top flute.
Advantages
• Oversized heavy shank and thread
diameters for enhanced pull-out resistance in light gauge metal roof decks.
• Deep buttress threads further increase
pull-out resistance.
• Miniature drill point penetrates decks
quickly and contributes to exceptional
resistance to backout as well as
pull-out.
Plates & Accessories
Contact GAF to determine the appropriate plate for your application.
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ Super
Extra Heavy Duty #21 Roofing Fastener
with a thread diameter of .325. The
fastener must have 14 threads per
inch and a drill point. Also, the fastener
must be heat treated per specification
OMG-1. The fastener must be made
in the U.S.A.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the
Drill-Tec™ CR-10 corrosion resistant coating. When subjected to 30 Kesternich
cycles (DIN 50018), the fastener must
show less than 15% red rust and surpass Factory Mutual Approval Standard
4470.
Product Data
Head Diameter
.500
Thread Diameter .325
Head Style
#3 Phillips Truss Head
Coating
CR-10
SKU # Length Thread
Length Packaging Weight
86M2
2”
1.75”
500
16 lbs
86M3
3”
2.75”
500
22 lbs
86M4
4”
3”
500
29 lbs
86M5
5”
3”
500
36 lbs
86M6
6”
4”
500
44 lbs
86M7
7”
4”
250
26 lbs
86M8
8”
4”
250
29 lbs
80www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
#15 ROOFING FASTENER
Drill-Tec™ Extra
Heavy Duty #15
Roofing Fastener
©2012 GAF 1/12
Description
The Drill-Tec™ Extra Heavy Duty #15
Roofing Fastener is a specialized,
high performance fastener designed
to secure insulation and single-ply
membrane to steel, O.S.B., or
aluminum roof decks.
Application
The Drill-Tec™ Extra Heavy Duty #15
Roofing Fastener should always be
tested on site by a GAF representative
to determine performance and proper
installation procedure. Call GAF to
schedule testing.
Note: Make sure not to overdrive the
fastener. Fastener must be tight enough
so that the plate doesn’t turn. Factory
Mutual requires that the fastener penetrates the steel deck at the top flute.
Advantages
•Oversized heavy shank and thread
diameters for enhanced pull-out
resistance in steel and aluminum
roof decks.
•Deep buttress threads further increase
pull-out resistance.
•Miniature drill point penetrates
decks quickly and contributes to
exceptional resistance to backout
as well as pullout.
Plates & Accessories
A variety of plates are available. Contact
GAF to determine the appropriate plate
for your application.
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ Extra
Heavy Duty #15 Roofing Fastener with
a thread diameter of .275. The fastener
must have 12 threads per inch and a
drill point. Also, the fastener must be
heat treated per specification OMG-1.
The Drill-Tec™ Extra Heavy Duty #15
Roofing Fastener will be used with a
Factory Mutual approved, Drill-Tec
round pressure plate or pressure bar.
The fastener must be made in the
U.S.A.
Coating Requirement
The fastener will be coated with the
Drill-Tec™ CR-10 corrosion resistant
coating. When subjected to 30
Kesternich cycles (DIN 50018), the
fastener must show less than 15%
red rust and surpass Factory Mutual
Approval Standard 4470.
Product Data
Head Diameter
.435
Thread Diameter .275
Head Style
#3 Phillips Truss Head
Coating
CR-10
SKU # Length Thread
Length Packaging Weight
86PA
2”
Full
1000
21 lbs
86PB
3”
Full
1000
30 lbs
86PC
4”
3”
1000
39 lbs
86PD
5”
4”
500
25 lbs
86PE
6”
4”
500
29 lbs
86PF
7”
4”
500
33 lbs
86PG
8”
4”
500
38 lbs
86PH
9”
4”
500
41 lbs
86PI
10”
4”
500
46 lbs
86PJ
11”
4”
500
52 lbs
86PK
12”
4”
500
55 lbs
86PL
13”
4”
250
38 lbs
81www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
LOCKING IMPACT NAIL (1 of 2)
Description
For Attaching Base Ply, Recovery Board
and Insulation to Cementitous Wood Fiber,
Poured Gypsum Decks, and LWIC (Light
Weight Insulating Concrete).
Composition
Factory preassembled components
consisting of:
Tube: Precision formed from Galvanized
(G-90) coated steel to prevent corrosion.
The tube is shaped to easily penetrate
decking and existing membranes.
Disk: Precision formed from Galvalume®
(AZ-55) coated steel to prevent corrosion.
Securely clamped to the tube, 2.7” diameter, rib reinforced to resist cupping.
Locking Staple: Precision formed from
high tensile steel wire. Coated to prevent
corrosion.
Code Approvals
Packaging: 1.4”, 1.8”, 2.8”, and 3.8”
Locking Impact Nails packaged 500 per
carton. 4.8” Locking Impact Nails packaged 250 per carton.
First impact sets tube.
Second impact actuates staple.
Technical Data
Fastening Pattern: Consult Factory
Mutual or Dade County requirements
for recommended patterns in normal,
exposed, and hurricane areas.
Field Testing: On-site withdrawal testing
should always be performed to evaluate
the ability of the roofing substrate to
satisfactorily accept and retain fasteners.
Such testing may alter fastener selection
and modify applicable fastening patterns.
The Locking Impact Nail should always be
embedded into the structural roof deck to
a depth of at least 1”.
Installation
Installation Tools: There are two tools
that must be used to install the Locking
Impact Nail. The Locking Impact Nail
Driver-BS is for installing base sheet
and recovery board to the substrate. For
securing ISO or EPS to the substrate use
the Locking Impact Nail-IN, which has a
larger impact area. Consult GAF for the
specific driver for your application.
Method: Drive fastener perpendicular
to roof deck seating disk/plate flush with
roofing surface. Once tube is set, drive
the locking staple thru the tube/disk unit
into the deck until the top of the staple is
flush with the cap (see illustration).
Operation: When locking staple is driven,
its dual wire legs diverge anchoring the
fastener in place (see illustration). Uplift
resistance may vary depending on the
density and integrity of the substrate.
©2012 GAF 1/12
5 Lengths
82www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
LOCKING IMPACT NAIL (2 of 2)
Using The Drill-Tec™ Locking Impact Nail
Fastener density and spacing vary depending on applicable uplift requirements. Local codes, governing approval
bodies, membrane manufacturers, and individual roof deck manufacturers all may have specific requirements that
need to be addressed prior to beginning any roofing project. The Locking Impact Nail should always be embedded
into the structural roof deck to a depth of at least 1”. The following illustrates typical Factory Mutual recommended
fastening patterns widely accepted by membrane and roof deck manufacturers.
Fastening Guide 1
Base Ply Attachment for built-up or modified bitumen roof covers.
Class I-60, I-75, or I-90 Windstorm Classification.
An FMRC Approved base ply is fastened in the field of the roof with Locking Impact Nail installed 9” on center in the
2” wide base ply side laps and 18” on center staggered in 2 rows, equally spaced, between the base ply side laps.
When fastening meter-wide material with this pattern, expect to use approximately 86 fasteners per square (100 ft2).
Fastening Guide 2
Recovery board and Insulation attachment under built-up and modified bitumen roof covers.
Class I-90 Windstorm Classification.
An FMRC Approved Recovery Board/Insulation suitable for use with minimum 3 ply built-up or modified membranes is
attached with 8 Locking Impact Nail fasteners per 4’x 4’ board in a diamond-in-a-box pattern.
(1 fastener per 2 ft2)
Consult FMRC for a complete listing of approved recovery boards/insulations.
Fastening Guide 3
Recovery board and insulation attachment under fully adhered single ply membranes.
Class I-90 Windstorm Classification.
An FMRC Approved Recovery Board/Insulation suitable for use with fully adhered single ply membranes is attached
with 12 Locking Impact Nail fasteners per 4’x 4’ board in 4 rows of 3 fasteners per row. (1 fastener per 1.33 ft2)
Consult FMRC for a complete listing of approved recovery boards/insulations.
Physical Data
Product
Length
Packaging
Weight
Quantity/Skid
1.4" Locking Impact Nail
SKU #
45D1
1.4"
500
26 lb
13,500
1.8" Locking Impact Nail
45D2
1.8"
500
28 lb
13,500
2.8" Locking Impact Nail
45D3
2.8"
500
34 lb
13,500
3.8" Locking Impact Nail
45D4
3.8"
500
42 lb
13,500
4.8" Locking Impact Nail
45D5
4.8"
250
27 lb
6,750
Locking Impact Nail Driver–BS*
45K1
–
1
–
–
Locking Impact Nail Driver–IN**
45K2
–
1
–
–
* U
se Locking Impact Nail Driver – BS for installing base sheet and recovery board to the substrate:
(for 1.4’’ and 1.8’’ fasteners only
** Use Locking Impact Nail Driver – IN for securing ISO or EPS to the substrate: (for 2.8’’, 3.8’’ and 4.8’’ fasteners)
©2012 GAF 1/12
83www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
RHINOBOND® FASTENING PLATE
3” TPO COATED GALVALUME® STEEL
Drill-Tec™
Rhinobond®
Fastening Plate
3” TPO Coated
Galvalume® Steel
©2012 GAF 1/12
Description
The Drill-Tec™ RhinoBond® fastener
plate is designed for use as the key
element to the RhinoBond single-ply
membrane roofing attachment system.
The Drill-Tec™ RhinoBond® fastener
plate is a 3” diameter Galvalume®
steel plate with a special thermoplastic
polyolefin (TPO) coating. When used
with the RhinoBond magnetic induction
welding tool and appropriate Drill-Tec™
fasteners, The Drill-Tec™ RhinoBond®
fastener plate will attach both insulation,
or other substrate, and the EverGuard®
TPO membrane to a structure’s roof
deck system. FM 1-90 or higher rating
can be obtained with appropriate
fasteners.
Application
Drill-Tec™ RhinoBond® fastener plate
is used to attach rigid insulation to
roof decks. The special TPO coating
on the plates allows for EverGuard®
TPO membrane to be welded to each
plate using the RhinoBond® magnetic
induction welding tool. Insulation and
membrane are attached using one
fastener to create a durable roofing
system. Typical application to steel or
wood deck will use a Drill-Tec™ XHD
#15 roofing fastener or Drill-Tec™ SXHD
# 21 roofing fastener. Fastener must
be sized to penetrate steel decks a
minimum of 3/4”. Drive the fastener
until the screw head is seated securely.
Note: Be careful not to overdrive the
fastener and fracture the skin of the
insulation. Fastener must be tight
enough so that plate does not turn
or move.
Code Approval
Advantages
• Drill-Tec™ RhinoBond® fastener plate
reduces overall installation time for a
single-ply roofing system
• The Drill-Tec™ RhinoBond® fastener
plate is a 3” diameter Galvalume®
steel plate with a special thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO) coating
• Use to attach insulation using
conventional techniques. For
best results use a variable speed
0-2500RPM screw gun
• Plate sits flat on EnergyGuard™
PolyIso, SecuRock™ Roof Board
and other high density insulations.
Plates & Accessories
For best installation results, use a
variable speed 0-2500 rpm screw gun.
Product Data
SKU #
4574
Size
Packaging
Weight
3”
500
36 lbs
84www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
ACCUTRAC® AND
ACCUSEAM PLATES
Drill-Tec™
AccuTrac® And
Accuseam Plates
©2012 GAF 1/12
Description
AccuTrac® and Accuseam plates offer
an ergonomic fastening solution for
attaching insulation and cover boards
(AccuTrac®) and single-ply membranes
(Accuseam). Both are intended for
use with the AccuTrac® stand-up tool
available from OMG. Accuseam plates
can be installed using the optional
Accuseam boot. Drill-Tec™ AccuTrac®
Steel Insulation Plates are made of
Galvalume® coated steel and are
available in two designs. A 3” Square
Recessed AccuTrac® Plate is to be
used with Hex head fasteners or
Drill-Tec Phillips head fasteners. A 3”
Square Flat Bottom AccuTrac® Plate is
to be used with Drill-Tec™ Phillips head
fasteners only. The Drill-Tec™ AccuTrac®
Steel Insulation Plates should be used
when fastening insulation with the
Drill-Tec™ AccuTrac® Tool.
Application
AccuTrac® recessed plates may be
used to attach insulation in combination
with Drill-Tec™ #12 standard fasteners (Phillips and Hex head), #14 heavy
duty fasteners, #15 extra heavy duty
fasteners, up to 6” in length to attach
insulation. AccuTrac® flat bottom plates
maybe attached using Drill-Tec™ #12
Phillips head standard fasteners, #14
Phillips head heavy duty fasteners, #15
Phillips head extra heavy duty fasteners,
up to 6”.
Eyehook Accuseam plates can be used
to attach single-ply membranes using
Drill-Tec #14 Phillips head heavy duty
fasteners, #15 Phillips head extra heavy
duty fasteners, up to 6” in length.
Code Approvals
Advantages
• The Drill-Tec™ AccuTrac® Steel
Insulation Plates are Factory Mutual
and Dade County Approved.
• The 3” Square Recessed AccuTrac®
Plate features deep reinforcing ribs for
superior resistance to bending while
the 3” Square Flat bottom AccuTrac®
Plate can be used with hard board
insulations.
Drill-Tec™ AccuTrac® & Accuseam Plates –
Only used with AccuTrac™ Tool.
Product Data
Product
Weight
SKU # Quantity
Per Box Per Box
Quantity
Per Skid
Flat Bottom 86S8
Plate
1000
43 lbs.
40M
Recessed
Plate
86S9
1000
43 lbs.
40M
Seam Plate 8680
1000
43 lbs.
40M
85www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
DRILL-TEC™
POLYMER GYPTEC™
Description
The Drill-Tec™ Polymer GypTec™ is a
glass-filled nylon auger fastener with 1” head
designed to secure insulation and single-ply
membrane to gypsum and cementitious wood
fiber (i.e., Insulrock, Permadeck, Tectum®, etc.)
The fastener features a wide buttress thread
design for excellent pull-out resistance, and
tabs that lock the plate to the head of the
fastener. The Polymer GypTec™ is designed
to thread into the substrate but should not
penetrate the deck. An internal 1/4” square
(driver bit included) assures fast and easy
installation.
The Polymer GypTec™ is used with 3” steel
plates for insulation and 2” steel plates
for membrane attachment. The Polymer
GypTec™ fastener is Factory Mutual approved
and available in lengths from 2 1/2 – 12”.
Application
Drill-Tec™ Polymer GypTec™ fasteners can
be installed into some cementitious wood
fiber decks without predrilling. A pilot hole
is required for gypsum. Use a 7/16”, 1/2” or
9/16” drill bit as determined by pullout test
results. Pilot holes must be a minimum of 1/2”
deeper than embedment. Polymer GypTec™
fasteners should be installed using a heavy
duty variable speed screw gun. Installation
at a low rpm is recommended. Minimum
fasteners embedment into the deck should
be 1 1/2” (2” recommended).
Note: Care must be taken not to overdrive
the fastener, causing subsequent damage
to the insulation facer or single-ply membrane. Fastener must be tight enough so
that the plate does not turn.
Code Approvals
Drill-Tec™
Polymer
Gyptec™
Advantages
• Thread design and large rot diameter:
- Increase pull-out resistance
- Increase side shear strength
• Made from glass-filled nylon, which:
- Eliminates corrosion
- Eliminates thermal bridging and
condensation
- Yield high tensile strength
• Non-penetrating design. Fastener threads
into the deck but not through.
• The Drill-Tec™ Polymer GypTec™ is FM
Approved for insulation attachment only.
See system manufacturer for
membrane attachment requirements.
• 1/4” driver bit included in every box.
Plates & Accessories
• Use 3” steel plate for insulation & 2” steel
plate for single-ply membrane attachment.
• Use a carbide tip drill bit for gypsum and
cementitious wood fiber applications.
Specifications
The fastener will be a Drill-Tec™ Polymer
GypTec™ with a 1” head and a major thread
diameter of 0.675. Drill-Tec™ Polymer
GypTec™ will be used with a Drill-Tec™
GypTec™ 2” or 3” steel plate depending on
the application. The fastener must be Factory
Mutual Approved for insulation attachment
and made in the U.S.A.
Product Data
Head Style
Head Size
Major Thread
Diameter
Thread
Material
Packaging
Internal 1/4” Square Drive
1” Diameter
0.675”
3.5 T.P.I. Buttress
Glass-filled Nylon
250 or 500 per carton
SKU # Length
Thread Packaging Weight
456G
456H
456J
456K
456L
456M
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
1.5"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.25"
2.5"
3.0"
3.5"
4.0"
4.5"
5.0"
5.5"
6.0"
6.5"
7.0"
7.5"
8.0"
8.5"
9.0"
9.5"
10.0"
10.5"
11.0"
11.5"
12.0"
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
13
16
18
20
22
23
24
26
28
30
32
17
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Example: Drill-Tec™ Polymer Gyptec™ Selection Procedure
1. If applicable, determine thickness of existing roofing material.
2. Add thickness of new insulation.
3. Add 1 1/2” minimum fastener penetration (2” minimum embedment for all FM insulation attachment applications).
NOTE: When predrilling, allow extra 1/2”. If odd size requirement, always size up in length, not down. See example:
©2012 GAF 1/12
Example
Existing Roofing:
1 3/4”
New Insulation:
+ 1/2”
Min. Embedment:­+ 1 1/2”
Total Fastening Range:­= 3 3/4”
Use this format to calculate correct fastener size:
The proper Drill-Tec™ Polymer Gyptec™
for the example is 4”.
The proper Drill-Tec™
Polymer Gyptec™ is:
Existing Roof:
New Insulation:
Min. Embedment:
Total Fastening Range:
+
+ 1 1/2”
=
86www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
LRF
M
ADHESIVE (1 OF 2)
Description
GAF LRF M Adhesive is a two component,
VOC free, low rise, bulk packaged, polyurethane foam adhesive that contains no solvents
and sets in minutes.
Application is quick and easy resulting in
significant labor savings for the contractor.
LRF M Adhesive is dispensed through the
Millennium Cyclone and Cyclone II pump
carts, or another suitable low pressure pump
cart (see following page) which equally
mixes Part 1 and Part 2 of the adhesive,
thus providing a quality, consistent application
each time. GAF LRF M adhesive is also
available as a simple-to-use cartridge with
disposable mixing tip for small jobs.
Basic Use
LRF M Adhesive is designed for use as an
adhesive for bonding approved fleeceback
roof membranes to a building’s structural roof
deck, base sheets, insulation boards, and
built-up roof surfaces (adhesion test for
specific BUR surface must be conducted
prior to conducting work). It is dispensed
in 1/2” to 3/4” (13 mm – 19 mm) wide liquid
beads that will quickly spread to a width of
2” to 3” (51mm – 76mm). LRF M Insulation
Adhesive will expand and rise to fill minor
surface irregularities.
Approved Insulations and Substrates
• Polyisocyanurate
• Polystyrene
• Gypsum cover boards
• Asphaltic cover boards
• Concrete
• Pre-existing asphaltic roof surface
(Adhesion tests required to determine
suitability. Contact your GAF territory
manager to arrange testing.)
For additional information, contact your local
GAF territory manager or call 1-800-766-3411.
Advantages
• Replaces fasteners…Minimizes excessive
deck penetrations
• Low rise foam…Accommodates minor
surface irregularities
• Solvent free…VOC free, low odor
Storage
Keep temperature of contents between
45°F-95°F (7°C-35°C). Bring temperature of
material to approximately 70°F (22°C) just
before use. Do not store in direct sunlight or
above 95°F (35°C). Store boxes with valve
side up. Keep from freezing.
Surface Preparation
All work surfaces should be clean, dry,
and free of dirt, dust, debris, oils, loose
and/or embedded gravel, un-adhered
coatings, deteriorated membrane and
©2012 GAF 1/12
other contaminants that may result in a
surface that is not sound or is uneven.
For applications over fresh and/or non-oxidized
asphalt, coal tar or plastic film surface
membranes, apply LRF Surface Treatment
prior to the application of LRF M Adhesive.
Safety
Prior to working with this or any product,
always review product label and Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for necessary
health and safety precautions.
Limitations
• Do not apply to wet or damp surfaces.
• Do not apply when ambient air temperature
is below 40°F (5°C) or surface temperatures
exceed 160°F (71°C)
Application
1a. If using boxes:
A. Extend quick connect spouts in Part 1
and Part 2 box packaging.
B. Invert boxes and place them in the tray
on the Millennium Cyclone or Cyclone
II pump. Box labeled Part 1 must be
in area of tray labeled “Part 1” and
Part 2 in area labeled “Part 2”.
C. When using the Millennium Cyclone or
Cyclone II pump, connect the black
Part 1 fitting to the black feed hose
fitting. Connect the gray Part 2 fitting
to the gray feed hose fitting. Operate
pump according to manufacturer’s
instructions.
D. For other equipment, follow equipment
manufacturer’s instructions.
1b. If using pails:
A. Stir the contents of each pail before the
material is poured into the holding tanks
on an approved pump machine.
B. Fill holding tanks and adjust the
machine as recommended by pump
manufacturer to ensure equal amounts
of Part 1 and Part 2 are delivered to
and mixed at the delivery nozzle.
1c. If using drums:
A. Stir the contents of each drum before
the material is poured into the holding
tanks on an approved pump machine.
B. Fill holding tanks and adjust the
machine as recommended by pump
manufacturer to ensure equal amounts
of Part 1 and Part 2 are delivered to
and mixed at the delivery nozzle.
1d. If using cartridges:
A. O
pen a cartridge, using a utility knife to
remove the molded tips at the groove
from the mixing head.
B. A
ttach a mixing tip to the threaded
mixing head.
C. Place the cartridge into applicator.
Continued on next page
87www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
LRF
M
ADHESIVE (2 OF 2)
Application (continued)
2. A
pply LRF M Adhesive directly to the substrate using a ribbon pattern. Space beads
as required by job specification, typically
6” or 12” (152 mm or 305 mm) O.C.
3. G
AF LRF M Adhesive should be approximately 70°F (22°C) when being dispensed.
As adhesive is applied, allow the adhesive
to begin rising, then place membrane.
4. R
oll in membrane using a 150 lb. membrane
roller or equivalent.
Unused material can be applied at a
later date. Properly clean dispensing
wand and pump unit according to the
pump manufacturer’s recommendations.
Suitable Application
Equipment Systems
• Millennium Cyclone Pump Cart
• Millennium Cyclone II Pump Cart
• Graco E-10 Reactor
• Graco Predator
• Adhesives Systems Technology GMP-075
• Adhesives Systems Technology PCH
GMP-500
LIMITED WARRANTY
GAF warrants LRF M Adhesive meets GAF’s
manufacturing specifications at the time of
sale. In the event it does not meet GAF’s
manufacturing specifications at the time of
sale, Purchaser’s SOLE REMEDY is that
GAF will, at its option, refund the purchase
price or replace or repair the defective
product. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS
PURCHASER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY AGAINST GAF AND IS IN LIEU
OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY
OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
In no event shall GAF be liable for any special,
incidental, consequential, or punitive damages
arising out of any claims whether based on
negligence, contract, warranty, strict liability
or otherwise. Purchaser must give written
notice of any defect in this product within
30 days of discovering the claimed defect
to GAF Warranty Services, 1361 Alps Road,
Wayne, NJ 07470.
For a complete list of approved low pressure
pump carts, or additional information, contact
your local GAF territory manager or call
1-800-766-3411.
Coverage
Properly mixed and applied GAF LRF M Adhesive will produce the following approximate coverage rates
Product Configuration
Standard Coverage rate 6”
(152mm) OC
Standard Coverage rate 12”
(305mm) OC
Bag In Box (A+B)
9 to 11 squares
(84 to 102 m2) per set
18 to 22 squares
(167 to 204 m2) per set
Cartridge (4/box)
2 to 3 Squares
(19 to 28 m2) per case
4 to 6 squares
(37 to 56 m2) per case
100 to 125 squares
50 gallon (189L) (A+B) (929 to 1161 m2) per set
200 to 250 squares
(1858 to 2322 m2) per set
NOTE: A 1/2” - 3/4” (13 mm – 19 mm) wide uncured adhesive bead will produce a
2” - 3” (51 mm – 76 mm) wide cured adhesive bead that will rise approximately 3/4” - 1”
(19 mm-25mm) above the substrate. Coverage rates may vary when used over irregular
surfaces and will vary depending roughness.
©2012 GAF 1/12
88www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Flashing
Accessories
PRODUCT
Page
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ MAJORSEAL™ LIQUID FLASHING
90
LEXSUCO® REINFORCED FLASHING RF
92
LEXSUCO® METAL EDGE FLASHING
93
M-WELD® ONE WAY M-VENT
94
M-WELD® STANDARD M-DRAIN
96
M-WELD® STANDARD M-VENT
98
M-WELD® ADJUSTABLE M-VENT
100
M-WELD® M-CURB SYSTEM
102
Metalastic® SMF Straight Metal Flange Expansion Joint Cover
104
Metalastic® CMF CURB MOUNT Flange Expansion Joint Cover
106
Metalastic® CTW CURB TO WaLL Expansion Joint Cover
108
Metalastic® LP LOw Profile Expansion Joint Cover
109
©2012 GAF 1/12
89www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ® MATRIX ™
MAJORSEAL
™
LIQUID FLASHING (1 of 2)
Waterproof
Difficult
Flashing
Conditions
Description
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorSeal™ Liquid Flashing
is designed to waterproof difficult flashing
conditions. The MajorSeal™ Liquid Flashing
System offers an alternative to traditional
flashing technology. Matrix™ MajorSeal™
Systems combine MajorSeal™ Liquid Flashing
and Topcoat® Flashing Fabric to form a durable, redundant flashing membrane. Available
in a convenient, easy to use kit, MajorSeal™
Liquid Flashing is a VOC complaint, one part,
moisture curing polyether sealant.
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorSeal™ Liquid Flashing
is easy to install. Compatible substrates
include concrete, masonry (uncoated
block and brick), wood, EFIS and granule
surfaced BUR and SBS cap sheets. In
addition, MajorSeal™ Liquid Flashing is
compatible with most metals (excluding
Kynar coated metals and copper). Do NOT
use on APP or single ply membranes. Contact
technical services at 1-800-ROOF-411 if there
are questions on compatible substrates.
MajorSeal™ Liquid Flashing is gray in color.
MajorSeal™ flashings require the addition of
Mineral Shield® granules to assure long lasting waterproofing protection.
After the application of mineral granules
the addition of a surface coating adds
reflectivity, improves aesthetics and enhances
weatherability. Topcoat® MB Plus, or Topcoat®
EnergyCote may be installed over the Mineral
Shield granule surface. These options allow
MajorSeal™ Flashings to adapt to virtually any
aesthetic challenge.
Uses
The MajorSeal™ Systems can be used to
waterproof irregularly shaped penetrations,
low parapet walls, at door thresholds, in
lieu of pitch pans, at virtually any application where more traditional flashings are not
practical. MajorSeal™ Liquid Flashings cure in
humid or dry climate conditions and may be
installed at temperature ranging from
30°F (1.1° C) to 100°F (37.8° C).
Advantages
• One Part…no special tools or mixing
required
• Less Waste… open pouches can be sealed
for reuse, fewer pot life concerns
• VOC Complaint… (less than 20 grams/liter
at 240°F), solvent free
• Non Slumping… on vertical surfaces
• Paintable… in 24 hours
• Versatile…can be installed in temperature
from 30°F (1.1° C) – 100°F (37.8° C)
Typical Properties
©2012 GAF 1/12
VOC’s (max)
This product is VOC complaint per current standards (see approvals and
standards) as tested to D2369 and EPA 24, less than 20 grams per liter.
Service Temperature
-40°F (-40°C) to 200°F (93.3°C)
Application rate /coverage
Varies greatly by substrate
Base coat
30 mils / approximately 28 lineal feet per coating per pouch
Second coat
30 mils /approximately 28 lineal feet per coating per pouch
Full Cure *
Weather dependant varies greatly by temperature and humidity. 24 hours.
Skin Time
Weather dependant varies greatly by temperature and humidity.
Approximately 4 hrs at 70° F ( 21.1° C) and 50% relatively humidity.
Pot Life
Not Applicable if pouch is properly resealed between applications. When
resealed may be reused within 14 days. All air must be removed for proper
resealing. Do not use if cured particles have started to form in the pouch.
Rain Proof
Weather dependant varies greatly by temperature and humidity..
Approximately 6 hrs at 70° F (21.1°C) and 50% relatively humidity.
Ready for application
of surfacing
Granules immediately after second coat; Additional application of
Topcoat® Elastomeric Coating; 24 hours after granule application.
Full Cure
24 hours
Shrinkage
0%
Tensile strength
290 PSI less scrim
Density
12.7 lbs per gallon (1.53 g/ml)
Required mil thickness
Base coat
Second coat
60 wet mils total (1.524mm)
30 wet mils (0.762mm)
30 wet mils (0.762mm)
Clean Up
Wet material may be cleaned up with alcohol. Cured liquid flashing may
be scraped or abraded from substrate.
90www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ® MATRIX ™
MAJORSEAL
™
LIQUID FLASHING (2 of 2)
Waterproof
Difficult
Flashing
Conditions
Approvals & Certification
Conforms to:
• OTC rule for sealants and caulks
• Meets requirements of California VOC regs:
CARB and SCAQMD
Conforms to:
• ASTM D 2369
• EPA method 24
Application Considerations
Before using, always review complete application instructions and construction details at
www.GAF.com.
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorSeal™ Liquid Flashing
is easy to install. Compatible substrates
include concrete, masonry (uncoated block
and brick), most metals (see above), wood,
EFIS and granule surfaced BUR and SBS
cap sheets.
Use MajorSeal™ products only on clean,
dry substrates; they will not adhere
properly where contamination is present.
All substrates must be free of residual
contamination (e.g. oils, asphalt or plastic
cement). Use mechanical abrasion where
appropriate to assure a clean substrate,
Contaminates such as asphalt will impede
adhesion, may stain through the flashing
material and cause discoloration. Complete
the cleaning process by, wiping the substrate
with isopropyl alcohol. Allow the alcohol to
flash off prior to the application of the flashing
material. Do not use cleaning product such
as mineral spirits or xylene, or any hydrocarbon solvent, as it will leave a film and impede
adhesion of the liquid flashing.
Matrix™ MajorSeal™ may flow through gaps
greater than ¼ inch. Where gaps greater
than ¼ inch are present, bridge the gap with
Mbond Sealant. For gaps 1/2 inch or larger,
place a backer rod in the gap, and then seal
with Mbond sealant. Do not substitute sealants. Sealants with alternate chemistries will
not be compatible with MajorSeal™ Liquid
Flashing.
Using the notched trowel in the kit, apply a
base layer of liquid flashing to a thickness
of 30 wet mils (0.762mm). Use a wet mil
gauge to assure proper amount of material
is installed.
Install precut Topcoat® Flashing Fabric
around the penetration so that the fabric
extends a minimum of 4 inches (102mm)
on to the field membrane and a minimum of 4
inches (102mm) onto the penetration. Embed
the fabric into the base layer of liquid flashing
using the smooth side of the trowel in the kit.
Install a second coat of 30 wet mils
(0.762mm) of liquid flashing to achieve a
total 60 wet mils (1.524mm) of liquid flashing.
Extend the second coat a minimum of 2
inches (.05m) past the fabric in the field
and on the penetration. If application of the
second coat displaces the fabric, straighten
the fabric and use a brush to tool in the
remaining liquid flashing. Once complete,
broadcast Mineral Shield granules into
liquid flashing. An additional application of
Topcoat® Elastomeric Coating may be added
24 hours after the application of granules,
if desired.
Coverage varies widely by substrate, generally 14 –15 lineal feet (4.27-4.52m) at an application rate of 60 wet mils(1.524mm), (using
12 inch [.30m] fabric). Drying time also varies
by condition. Do not apply if there is threat of
rain in 6 hours. Do not install at temperatures
below 30° F (1.1°C).
Storage / Shelf Life
Store original unopened containers in cool,
dry place. Matrix™ MajorSeal™ will not freeze.
Continued storage at elevated temperatures
(70° F (21.1°C) and at 50% relative humidity)
will shorten expected shelf life. With proper
storage MajorSeal™ is expected to last
approximately one year from date of
manufacture. Once opened the foil pouch
may be resealed and reused within 14 days
of opening. Where reuse is expected, remove
all air from the foil pouch prior to resealing.
Do not use if material does not flow freely
from pouch or has cured particles.
Product Specifications (nominal)
3 – .53 gallon (2 liter) pouches
of Topcoat Matrix Liquid flashing
Kit Contents
1 pair - disposable gloves
1 - notched trowel /wet mil gauge
Weight Per Kit
©2012 GAF 1/12
2 - 10.1 oz (.30 liter) tubes of
M-Bond sealant
24 lbs (10.89 KG)
91www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
LEXSUCO®
REINFORCED
FLASHING RF
Description
Lexsuco® Reinforced Flashings
(RF) are 2-20 mil sheets of specially
compounded polymer laminated
together over a 10 x 10 fiberglass
scrim. The RF Flashings are
available in 12”, 18”, 24”, 36”,
and 48” widths. Technical and
sales information can be obtained
through the GAF Contractor
Services at (800) 766-3411.
Applicable Standards
GAF products are listed or approved by
the following agencies or code bodies:
Underwriters Laboratories (UL),
and CUL (Canada)
Factory Mutual (FM)
Int’l Council Bldg. Officials (ICBO)
Southern Bldg. Code Congress Int’l (SBCCI)
Miami Dade, FL
Uses
Lexsuco® Reinforced Flashing (RF)
is installed using plastic cement or
steep asphalt for adhesion; Parapet
Walls: Lexsuco® Reinforced Flashing
(RF) is installed using plastic cement
or steep asphalt for adhesion in
addition to termination bar and
CA-103 adhesive for extensions
exceeding 12” above roof deck.
Product Specifications (nominal)
Data Is Per:
50’ Roll (12’’ width)
Membrane
Length
50 ft (15.24m)
Membrane
Width
12 in (30.48cm)
Membrane
Weight
18 lbs (8.16kg)
Membrane
Thickness
40 mils
Coverage
Per Roll
50 linear feet (15.24m)
Data reported based on available independent and in-house resources. GAF reserves the right
to change or modify, at its discretion, and without prior notice, any of the information, requirements,
specifications or policies contained in this document.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property (ASTM D5147)
Test Method
Test Results
Tensile Strength, psi
ASTM D412
1750 psi
Water Absorption
ASTM D570
<0.4% by weight
Low Temperature Flex
ASTM D2136
Passed -20° F
Adhesive Strength 12 in./min.
ASTM D903
10 lbs./in. peel
92www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
LEXSUCO®
METAL EDGE
FLASHING
Description
Lexsuco® Metal Edge Flashing
consists of the Lexsuco® Reinforced
Flashings (RF) with a 11/2’’ strip of
galvanized metal laminated to one
(1) edge or two (2) edges. The Metal
Edge Flashing is available in 12”, 18”,
and 24” widths. Technical and sales
information can be obtained through
the GAF Contractor Services at (800)
766-3411.
Applicable Standards
Uses
Deck: Lexsuco® Metal Edge Flashing
is installed using plastic cement
or steep asphalt for adhesion;
Parapet Walls: Lexsuco® Metal
Edge Flashing is installed using
plastic cement or steep asphalt for
adhesion in addition to mechanical
fasteners and CA-103 adhesive for
extensions exceeding 12’’ above
roof deck. Mechanical fasteners are
placed through the metal which acts
as a termination bar.
Product Specifications (nominal)
GAF products are listed or approved by the
following agencies or code bodies:
Underwriters Laboratories (UL),
and CUL (Canada)
Factory Mutual (FM)
Int’l Council Bldg. Officials (ICBO)
Southern Bldg. Code Congress Int’l (SBCCI)
Miami Dade, FL
Data Is Per:
50’ Roll (12’’ width)
Membrane
Length
50 ft (15.24m)
Membrane
Width
12 in (30.48cm)
Membrane
Weight*
18 lbs (8.16kg)
Membrane
Thickness
40 mils
Coverage
Per Roll
50 linear feet (15.24m)
*Does not include weight of metal edging.
Data reported based on available independent and in-house resources. GAF reserves the right
to change or modify, at its discretion, and without prior notice, any of the information, requirements,
specifications or policies contained in this document.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Property (ASTM D5147)
Test Method
Test Results
Tensile Strength, psi
ASTM D412
1750 psi
Water Absorption
ASTM D570
<0.4% by weight
Low Temperature Flex
ASTM D2136
Passed -20° F
Adhesive Strength 12 in./min.
ASTM D903
10 lbs./in. peel
Breaking Strength
ASTM D751-68
>130 lb./in.
Tear strength
ASTM D751-68
>40 lbs.
Fire Resistance
ASTM D1692-68
Self-extinguishing
Asphalt compatibility
160°F for one month Excellent
93www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
MWELD
ONE WAY M-VENT
®
Description
The One Way M-Vent is a moisture
relief device consisting of a one-piece
spun aluminum vent, pre-flashed with a
modified bitumen membrane. Internally,
the One Way M-Vent contains a neoprene valve that allows moisture vapor
to escape out of the roof deck system
without allowing moisture to enter
through the valve.
• One Way M-Vents are 4” (100 mm)
in diameter.
• One Way M-Vents are flashed with
either APP or SBS modified bitumen
membranes, smooth or colored
granule surfaces, to accommodate
most built-up and modified bitumen
roofing projects. Unflashed vents are
also available.
• Packaging: 5 flashed or 50 unflashed
per box.
Uses
• The One Way M-Vents are most
commonly used in re-roofing
applications. Blisters caused
by internal moisture in “old”
roofing systems may be prevented
or reduced by using One Way
M-Vents.
• One Way M-Vents allow for continual release of vapor from within
the system, while maintaining the
watertight integrity from the outside.
(1OF 2)
Uses (Continued)
• These M-Vents are typically used
at the rate of one vent per 1,000
square feet of roof surface, or as
specified by the roofing material
manufacturer or system specifier.
Note: Not for use over roof
protrusions.
Advantages
• Spun aluminum design eliminates
seams and soldered joints.
• Application is quick and easy,
saving labor costs.
• Allows crew to complete detail
work as job progresses.
• Available with pre-flashed
modified bitumen membranes
ready for installation with built-up,
torch, and SBS hot asphalt and
cold adhesive applications.
• Factory flashed M-Vents promote
quality by eliminating call backs
and leaving neat, uniform flashing
details.
Technical Data
Vent Material Available:
• 0.064 Spun Aluminum Base
• 0.050 Spun Aluminum Base
Flashing Material Available:
• APP Smooth
• APP Granulated
• SBS Smooth
• SBS Granulated
M-Weld®
One Way MVent
©2012 GAF 1/12
94www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
MWELD
ONE WAY M-VENT
®
Installation:
1. Install insulation, base sheet and field membrane
according to manufacturer’s specifications.
2. Mark locations to be vented per specification. At
these locations, cut a 4” (100 mm) diameter hole
through the finished field membrane and base sheet
to the substrate to be vented.
3. Choose appropriate One Way M-Vent material (APP
flashing membrane when using heat welded membranes, SBS when using hot mop or cold adhesive
applied membranes).
4a. For APP smooth installation:
• Heat the field sheet around the 4” (100 mm) hole
until the flashing membrane develops a glossy
sheen.
For APP granulated installation:
• Heat the surface around the 4” (100 mm) hole until
the granules start to sink into the molten compound.
• Next, heat the bottom of the flashing membrane
attached to the One Way M-Vent until it has a similar
sheen.
(2 OF 2)
• Place the surfaces together, centering the One Way
M-Vent over the hole.
• While torching, work the flashing membrane with a
trowel until a 1/4” (6 mm) to 3/8” (9 mm) bleedout
occurs around the outside of the flashing.
4b. For SBS Installation:
• Spread hot asphalt or a SBS adhesive over the field
membrane around the hole.
• The One Way M-Vent is placed over the hole and
seated in the asphalt or cold adhesive.
• The flashing should then be troweled for a bleedout,
the same as with APP applications.
5. O
n granule surfaces, a uniform appearance can be
achieved by a) sprinkling the appropriate colored
granules into the bleedout around the One Way
M-Vent flashing, b) on coated with TOPCOAT®
SeamCote™.
6. O
n smooth surfaces, secure seams, and cover
bleed out by using TOPCOAT® color blended
SeamCote™ around the One Way M-Vent flashing.
Note: Sufficient roof drainage is essential for good roof performance and to avoid overloading the roof under heavy rainfall
conditions. Ensuring that the size and number of drains is adequate for the roof area and location is the responsibility of the
building owner or their roofing consultant.
©2012 GAF 1/12
95www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
M-WELD
®
STANDARD M-DRAIN (1 OF 2)
Description
Standard M-Drains are spun aluminum,
or copper, roof drains with gravel guard,
strainer caps and water-proofing plumbing seal attached. M-Drains are preflashed with either APP or SBS smooth
surface modified bitumen membranes,
and are available in full and insert sizes
to accommodate new construction and
retrofit applications. Unflashed M-Drains
are also available.
• Aluminum, or copper, M-Drains are
available in the following sizes.
1 1/2” (38 mm), 2” (50 mm),
2 1/2” (64 mm), 3” (76 mm),
3 1/2” (89 mm), 4” (100 mm),
4 1/2” (114 mm), 5” (127 mm),
5 1/2” (140 mm), 6” (152 mm).
• 2”, (50 mm), 3” (76 mm), and 4” (100
mm) M-Drains, aluminum and copper,
are listed by the Uniform Plumbing
Code (UPC), file #3299.
• Packaging: 3 flashed or 5 unflashed
per box, regardless of drain size.
Uses
• Whole sized M-Drains (2”, 3”, 4”,
5” or 6”) can be used on new
construction and directly attached
to new plumbing with a flexible
coupling.
• Half-inch sized M-Drains (1 1/2”,
2 1/2”, 3 1/2”, 4 1/2”, and 5 1/2”)
can be used as retrofit drains by
inserting an M-Drain sized 1/2”
smaller than the drain pipe being
fitted (for a 4” drain pipe use a
3 1/2” M-Drain).
Advantages
• No special tools needed for
installation.
• Spun aluminum design eliminates
seams and soldered joints.
• Wide range of sizes allow for proper
fit into any size roofing drain.
• Installation is quick and easy
because no clamping ring is
required for retrofit drains.
• All hardware, including strainer
and gravel guard, come complete
with M-Drain.
• Positive drainage is insured by
flat design of M-Drain.
• Emseal watertight expanding
seal, for retrofit drains, is
included, making plumbing
tie in quick and easy.
Technical Data
Drain Material Available:
• 0.064 Aluminum
• 0.072 Copper
Flashing Material Available:
• APP Smooth
• SBS Smooth
Component Material:
• Cast aluminum gravel guard
and strainer.
• M-seal expanding seal.
M-weld®
Standard M-Drain
©2012 GAF 1/12
96www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
M-WELD
®
STANDARD M-DRAIN (2 OF 2)
M-Drain™ New Construction Installation:
1. Install base sheet as required by manufacturer’s
specifications to existing drain leader.
2. Select appropriate size M-Drain to match the plumbing
pipe. Use a flexible coupling to connect the M-Drain to
the plumbing pipe.
3. Choose appropriate M-Drain material:
• For heat welded membranes, use APP flashing material.
• For hot mop or cold adhesive applied membranes, use
SBS flashing materials.
4. Installations with APP membranes:
• Heat the bottom of the M-Drain flashing to a glossy sheen.
Insert the drain (expandable seal fully compressed) into
existing drain leader, until the two heated surfaces fit flush.
While torching, work the flashing with a trowel until a 1/4”
(6mm) to 3/8” (9mm) bleed-out occurs around the outside
of the flashing.
• The tape will expand to seal off the M-Drain to the drain
pipe.
5. Installations with SBS membranes:
• Follow same procedures as for APP, except set M-Drain
in hot asphalt or SBS adhesive.
6. Install field sheet per manufacturer’s specification over
installed M-Drain. Use the bottom of the strainer cap
provided as a template to cut a hole in the field membrane.
7. Install strainer cap by lining up the tabs, pushing down,
and twisting cap into place.
M-Drain™ Retrofit Installation Instructions:
1. Before you begin installation:
• Be sure that the “old” drain pipe is as clean as possible.
• Remove cellophane tape around black expanding seal
of retrofit M-Drain.
• Remove and discard existing gravel guard, strainer and
studs.
2. Install base sheet as required by manufacturer’s specifications to existing drain leader.
3. When inserting M-Drain into existing pipe or drain bowl,
choose an M-Drain 1/2” (13mm) smaller than the inside
diameter of the existing opening.
4. Choose appropriate M-Drain materials:
• For heat welded membranes, use APP flashing material.
• For hot mop or cold applied membranes, use SBS flashing
materials.
5. Installations with APP membranes:
• Heat the bottom of the M-Drain flashing to a glossy sheen. Insert the drain (expandable seal fully compressed) into
existing drain leader, until the two heated surfaces fit flush.
While torching, work the flashing with a trowel until a 1/4”
(6mm) to 3/8” (9mm) bleed-out occurs around the outside
of the flashing.
6. Installations with SBS membranes:
• Follow same procedure as for APP, except set MDrain
in hot asphalt or SBS adhesive.
7. Install field sheet per manufacturer’s specification over
installed M-Drain. Use the bottom of the strainer cap provided as a template to cut a hole in the field membrane.
8. Install strainer cap by lining up the tabs, pushing down,
and twisting cap into place.
Note: Sufficient roof drainage is essential for good roof performance and to avoid overloading the roof under heavy rainfall
conditions. Ensuring that the size and number of drains is adequate for the roof area and location is the responsibility of the
building owner or their roofing consultant.
©2012 GAF 1/12
97www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
M-WELD
®
STANDARD M-VENT (1 OF 2)
Description
A Standard M-Vent is a spun aluminum
vent, pre-flashed with modified bitumen.
Standard M-Vents are designed to
waterproof vent pipes and other roofing
protrusions.
• A single size M-Vent will fit many different
size pipes. M-Vents come in two stock
sizes, 5” (127mm), 9” (22.9mm). Custom
12” (30.5 cm) and 14” (35.5 cm) M-Vents
are also available.
• M-Vents are flashed with either APP
or SBS modified bitumen membranes,
smooth or colored granule surfaces,
to accommodate most built-up and
modified bitumen roofing projects.
Unflashed M-Vents are also available.
• Packaging: 5” vents, 6 flashed or 50
unflashed per box; 9” vents, 5 flashed
or 10 unflashed per box.
Uses
Note: Not for use over active pipes that
emit steam or excessive moisture vapor,
condensation may occur. Follow manufacturer’s instructions. Not for use over
boiler, heater or furnace vent pipes.
• M-Vents can be used as a pipe cover
to replace finger and cap flashing on
standard vent pipe details.
• M-Vents make a quick and effective
repair for cracked or leaky pipe
flashing on existing roofs.
Uses (Continued)
• Standard M-Vents serve well as a
two-way breather vent, allowing
ventilating current both inside and
outside the roofing system.
Advantages
• Factory assembly allows for a high
degree of quality control over all roof
flashing.
• Spun aluminum design eliminates
seams and soldered joints.
• Saves time and labor expenses
through ease of installation, and
eliminates call backs.
• Stress cracks are eliminated because
M-Vents attach to the field membrane,
not to the pipe, thus allowing for pipe
movement and expansion/contraction
of membrane.
• Offers consistent, neat appearance on
all penetrations.
Technical Data
Vent Material Available:
• 0.064 Spun Aluminum Base
• 0.050 Spun Aluminum Cap
Flashing Material Available:
• APP Smooth
• APP Granulated
• SBS Smooth
• SBS Granulated
Component Material:
• SBS M-Boot (non-reinforced)
M-weld®
Standard M-Vent
©2012 GAF 1/12
98www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
M-WELD
®
STANDARD M-VENT (2 OF 2)
Installation:
1. Install base sheet as specified, with base sheet fitted snugly against pipe.
2. Choose appropriate M-Vent material:
• APP flashing material when using heat welded
membranes.
• SBS when using hot mop or cold adhesive applied
membranes.
3. On new construction and reroofing:
• Stretch the hole in the center of the M-Boot over the
pipe or penetration and slide it down until it contacts
the base sheet. This protects flames and asphalt
from traveling down the pipe and into the insulation
when installing the field sheet.
4. F
or APP, smooth installation:
• Heat the field sheet around the protrusion until it has
a glossy sheen.
For APP granulated installation:
• Heat the surface until the granules start to sink into
the molten compound.
5. Next, heat the bottom of the membrane attached to
the M-Vent until it has a similar sheen.
6. Install the M-Vent over the pipe and place the two
heated surfaces together:
• Carefully center the pipe in the center of the M-Vent
base.
• While torching, work the flashing with a trowel and
torch until a 1/4” (6 mm) to 3/8” (9 mm) bleedout
occurs around the outside of the flashing.
7. F
or SBS installation:
• Spread hot asphalt or an SBS adhesive over the
field sheet around the protrusion.
• The M-Vent is placed over the pipe and seated in
the asphalt or cold adhesive.
• The flashing should then be troweled for a bleedout,
the same as with APP application.
8. If required, sprinkle granules into the bleedout for
a continuous granule appearance, or use a seam
coating matching.
9. Caps must be permanently attached to the vent
base with the self-tapping sheet metal screws
provided.
10. O
n smooth surfaces, secure seams, and cover
bleed out by using TOPCOAT® SeamCote™ around
the One Way M-Vent flashing.
Note: Sufficient roof drainage is essential for good roof performance and to avoid overloading the roof under heavy rainfall
conditions. Ensuring that the size and number of drains is adequate for the roof area and location is the responsibility of the
building owner or their roofing consultant.
©2012 GAF 1/12
99www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
M-WELD
®
ADJUSTABLE M-VENT (1 OF 2)
Description
The Adjustable M-Vent is a two-piece
roof flashing unit consisting of a preflashed spun aluminum base and a
flexible upper boot. Adjustable M-Vents
allow for waterproofing of tall or awkward
roof protrusions.
• Adjustable M-Vents are 6” (150 mm)
in diameter, 8” (200 mm), and 14”
(350mm).
• Adjustable M-Vents are flashed with
either APP or SBS modified bitumen
membranes, smooth or colored granule
surfaces, to accommodate most built-up
and modified bitumen roofing projects.
Unflashed vents are also available.
• Packaging: 6” adjustables, 6 flashed or
25 unflashed per box; 8” adjustable, 6
flashed or 20 unflashed per box; 14” inch
adjustables, 3 flashed or 10 unflashed
per box.
Uses
• Waterproofs the union of tall pipes
over twelve inches high with the roof
membrane.
Note: Not for use over furnace or heater
vent pipes.
Advantages
• Durable spun aluminum base keeps
flashing detail protected over time.
Advantages (Continued)
• Spun aluminum design eliminates
seams and soldered joints.
• Accommodates protrusions that
exceed 12” in height and any diameter
up to 12”.
• Helps eliminate call backs and labor
costs.
Technical Data
Vent Material Available:
• 6” M-Vent – 0.064
Spun Aluminum Base
• 8” M-Vent – 0.060
Spun Aluminum Base
• 14” M-Vent – 0.060
Spun Aluminum Base
Flashing Material Available:
• APP Smooth
• APP Granulated
• SBS Smooth
• SBS Granulated
Component Material:
• 6” – M-Vent Adjustable
Santoprene Boot
• 8” and 14” – EPDM (Ethylene
Propylene Diene Monomer)
Rubber Cap, with Stainless Steel
banding clamp
• SBS M-Boot (non-reinforced)
M-weld®
Adjustable M-Vent
©2012 GAF 1/12
100www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
M-WELD
®
ADJUSTABLE M-VENT (2 OF 2)
Installation:
1. Install base sheet as specified.
2. Choose appropriate Adjustable M-Vent material:
• APP material when using heat welded membranes.
• SBS when using hot mop or cold adhesive applied
membranes.
3. On new construction and reroofing:
• Stretch the hole in the center of the M-Boot over the
pipe or penetration and slide it down until it contacts
the base sheet. This protects flames and asphalt
from traveling down the pipe and into the insulation
when installing the field sheet.
4. F
or APP, smooth installation:
• Heat the field sheet around the protrusion until it has
a glossy sheen.
For APP granulated installation:
• Heat the surface until the granules start to sink into
the molten compound.
a. N
ext, heat the bottom of the membrane attached
to the Adjustable M-Vent until it has a similar
sheen.
b. Install the Adjustable M-Vent over the pipe and
place the two heated surfaces together.
c. C
arefully center the pipe in the center of the
Adjustable M-Vent base.
d. W
hile torching, work the flashing with a trowel and
torch until a 1/4” (6mm) to 3/8” (9mm) bleedout
occurs around the outside of the flashing.
5. For SBS installation:
• Spread hot asphalt or an SBS adhesive over the
field sheet around the protrusion.
• The Adjustable M-Vent is placed over the pipe and
seated in the asphalt or cold adhesive.
• The flashing should then be troweled for a bleedout, the same as with APP application.
6. After application of the Adjustable M-Vent base;
• The flexible boot is turned upside down and the
pipe size marked on the boot.
• The boot is then carefully cut to stretch snugly over
the pipe.
• Stretch the boot over the pipe and slide it down to
meet the base.
• Reinstall the boot to the base by stretching the boot
over the lip of the base.
7. A
fter clamping the boot to the protrusion, apply a
bead of compatible high grade caulk.
Note: Sufficient roof drainage is essential for good roof performance and to avoid overloading the roof under heavy rainfall
conditions. Ensuring that the size and number of drains is adequate for the roof area and location is the responsibility of the
building owner or their roofing consultant.
©2012 GAF 1/12
101www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
M-WELD
®
M-CURB SYSTEM (1 OF 2)
Description
M-CURB systems are composed of a structural urethane outer
shell, bonded to the roof surface, filled with a 2” (50 mm) thick
urethane rubber sealant.
The urethane sealant, M-THANE, conforms to the shape of
any roof penetration through a roof surface to protect the roof
system from moisture.
Advantages
M-CURBS require no flashing and easily bond to most
common roofing material.
The simple bonded construction of M-CURB penetration seals
allows quick and reliable installation. Installation requires less
time than for conventional metal pans.
The entire system is chemically bonded together without
mechanical fasteners.
M-CURB systems are tough and waterproof, and can maintain
flexibility at -40°F (-40°C). M-CURB systems can withstand
temperatures of 200°F (93°C).
Components
For ordering various M-CURB system components see Chart 1.
M-CURB “kits” have a shelf life of approximately one (1) year.
M-CURB “straight”, “corner” and “curb” structural urethane
shell parts.
1.
2.
3.
“Curb” components have either a 5.0” (12.5 cm) 7 ½” (19 cm) inside diameter.
“Straight” components are either 6” (15 cm) or 12” (31 cm) long.
“Corners” form square or rectangular shapes with “straight” components adding 2” (5 cm) to each “straight” component.
M-BOND, a high viscosity urethane adhesive designed to set
rapidly for efficient installation of M-CURB is used to bond the
M-CURB components firmly in place to the roof surface.
M-BOND is packaged in cartridges, containing 12 ounces of adhesive
M-THANE consists of a two part (Part A, Resin and Part B,
Hardener) urethane rubber sealant. M-THANE sealant is
designed for self-leveling, horizontal applications.
When Part A and Part B are mixed properly, M-THANE cures
as a tough, waterproof rubber mass with excellent adhesion
and low temperature flexibility. M-THANE sealant forms as a 2”
(5 cm) deep waterproof rubber seal.
Restrictions
• Do not apply at temperatures below 40°F (4.4°C)
• Do not apply if rain or other precipitation is
expected within four (4) hours.
• Do not install directly over smooth, ungranulated
APP modified bitumen membranes. A granulated
layer of APP modified bitumen membrane must
be installed around each penetration [6” (15 cm)
larger in each direction than the M-CURB] before
applying the M-CURB system.
Safety Warnings
• Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing.
• Avoid breathing concentrated vapors. Use only in
well ventilated areas.
• Clean skin contamination with rubbing alcohol and
wash with soap and water.
• Eye contact: flush with water for at least 15
minutes. Contact a physician immediately.
• Do not ingest. Contact a physician immediately
and refer to the Material Safety Data Sheet for
special instructions.
• Inhalation: no harmful effects are anticipated
from breathing low concentration of vapors. If a
respiratory problem develops, remove the person
to fresh air.
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Safely dispose of the containers and their contents
according to governing laws.
M-Curb
System
Note: Sufficient roof drainage is essential for good roof performance and to avoid overloading the roof under heavy rainfall
conditions. Ensuring that the size and number of drains is adequate for the roof area and location is the responsibility of the
building owner or their roofing consultant.
©2012 GAF 1/12
102www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
M-WELD
®
M-CURB SYSTEM (2 OF 2)
Installation
Limited Warranty
For detailed installation procedures see “M-CURB
Application Instructions”.
Prepare bonding surface and install M-CURB
components before mixing M-THANE.
Bonding surfaces must be clean and free of moisture,
dirt, oil and debris. Wire brush metal surfaces that are
coated with asphalt or adhesives.
Pour all of M-THANE Part B into Part A container.
Do not attempt to thin with solvent or add foreign
substances. For best results, maintain this product at
room temperature 24 hours before mixing.
Mix components for three (3) to five (5) minutes with
the paddle provided using at ½” drill motor. Mixed
product must be a uniform black color with no streaks
or unmixed resin.
Seller warrants that, at the time of delivery, the product
contained herein shall conform to Seller’s specifications
therefore. THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS
IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OR
MERCHANABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Recommendations made by Seller are
believed to be reliable, but Seller makes no warranty
of results to be obtained. BUYER’S SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, regardless of the theory on
which a claim may be based, including, without
limitation, negligence, contract, breach of warranty,
strict product liability or misrepresentation, IS THE
REPLACEMENT OF THIS PRODUCT. In NO event shall
Seller be liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE DAMAGE
M-THANE pot life is approximately 40 minutes at 70°F
(21°C). Cold weather will extend pot life. Hot weather
will shorten pot life.
Pour M-THANE into M-CURB components.
Technical Assistance
Technical assistance is available from 1-800-766-3411
or visit www.gaf.com
Order Information for M-CURB System Components
ITEM #
NAME
CONTENTS PER BOX
4M9R000MW
Kit
2 each, 7.5” curbs, 1 gallon M-THANE (included Part A Resin and
Part B Activator), 1 Stir Paddle and 1 Cartridge of M-BOND
4M9S000MW
5.0” M-CURB Round
6 each, 5.0” curbs and 1 cartridge of M-BOND (6 curbs, 12 pieces)
4M9T000MW
6” M-CURB Straight
8 each, 6” straight components and 1 cartridge of M-BOND
4M9U000MW
7.5” M-CURB Round
4 each, 7.5” curbs and 1 cartridge of M-BOND (4 curbs, 8 pieces)
4M9V000MW
12” M-CURB Straight
8 each, 12” straight components and 1 cartridge of M-BOND
4M9W000MW
M-CURB Corner
8 each, corner components and 1 cartridge of M-BOND
4M9O000MW
M-THANE
2 gallons, with 2 containers of Activator and Mixing Blade
4M9P000MW
M-BOND
1 each cartridge
Note: Sufficient roof drainage is essential for good roof performance and to avoid overloading the roof under heavy rainfall
conditions. Ensuring that the size and number of drains is adequate for the roof area and location is the responsibility of the
building owner or their roofing consultant.
©2012 GAF 1/12
103www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Metalastic® SMF
Straight Metal Flange
Expansion Joint Cover (1 OF 2)
Installation Procedures
INSTALLATION GENERAL NOTES:
• The roofing membrane must cover the
nailer to edge of joint opening.
• Flanges must be sealed to roof
membrane with Metalastic® Tape Sealant.
• SMF expansion joint covers must be
mechanically attached in the center of the
metal flange and 4” on center.
• Nailers must be higher then any potential
standing water.
• All joints and patches are to be made with
Metalastic® materials only.
• If the Metalastic® is to be used with a
Coal Tar Pitch roofing system, a barrier
of non-coal tar mastic and felt must be
placed between the Metalastic® and the
Coal Tar materials.
• All surfaces being sealed with Splice Lock
or receiving Metalastic® tape sealant must
be clean and dry. A hot air blower can be
used to dry surfaces.
A. S
nap a chalk line 4 inches from
joint opening along both sides
of cant or nailer on top of roofing
membrane. Apply a continuous
strip of 4” wide Metalastic® Tape
Sealant on the roofing membrane
between the chalk line and the
joint opening.
B. S
et the metal flange in place
aligned with chalk line and nail
in the center of the metal flange,
4 inches on center. (If the joint
opening varies or if the elevations
vary, the metal flanges may need
to be cut to allow the metal nailers
to lay flat.)
C. A
ttach the 2nd nailer in place and
nail 4” O C as shown. Galvanized
metal applications require the
flanges to be stripped in.
A
B
C
Safety Warning
• Wear safety glasses when nailing or
using adhesives to prevent eye injuries.
• Wear protective gloves when working
with adhesives.
• Read cautions on labels of adhesive and
sealant containers. Improper care or use
can cause serious injury.
Lexsuco RF Membrane
FOAM
4” Metal Nailer
Cant to Cant
©2012 GAF 1/12
Cant to Wall
Flat to Wall
4” Metal Nailer
Curb to Curb
Flat to Flat
104www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Metalastic® SMF
Straight Metal Flange
Expansion Joint Cover (2 OF 2)
Exposed Metal Flange Application
For applications where the metal flanges are to remain
exposed, Metalastic SMF with Aluminum, Copper, or
Stainless Steel Metal Flanges must be installed with the 4”
wide Metalastic Tape Sealant, and appropriate fasteners.
No other mastics or tape sealants can be substituted
Butt Joints
D. When joining sections of SMF, insure that the bellows
butt without overlapping of the metal nailers and install
in place as described above. Insure surfaces are
clean and dry. In cold weather, use a hot air blower to
dry surfaces. Beginning at one edge, set the Splice
Lock in place centered and aligned over joint and roll
in place toward bellows, taking care to have full contact
with no bridging over spots. WARNING! Metalastic
Tape Sealant is extremely tacky and will adhere
to anything it comes in contact with. It cannot be
re-positioned.
D
End Termination:
Some styles of transitions can be field fabricated at
the jobsite without difficulty depending on the style of
curbs or nailers used. When the SMF is installed on
flat horizontal nailers as pictured above, two styles of
terminations can be made as follows:
E. Trim out and remove a ½” wide section of foam
without damaging the membrane as shown.
E
F
G
H
F. Bend the section at 90 degrees as shown.
G. Install forcing the bellows in or out of the vertical
joint as desired and nail in place.
H. For terminations at the edge of a building, bend
the metal at 90 degrees toward the foam and then
install as shown.
When curbs or nailers are canted, field fabrication is more difficult and it will be more economical to use
factory fabricated transitions.
©2012 GAF 1/12
105www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Metalastic® CMF
CURB MOUNT Flange
Expansion Joint Cover (1 OF 2)
INSTALLATION GENERAL NOTES:
• The roofing membrane must extend to the
top of the nailer.
• CMF expansion joint nailers must be
mechanically attached 8” on center.
• Wide curbs must be sloped or canted to
prevent standing water.
• All joints and patches are to be done using
Metalastic materials only.
• Flanges must be sealed to roof membrane
with Metalastic® tape sealant.
• All surfaces being sealed with Splice Lock
or receiving Metalastic® tape sealant must
be clean and dry. A hot air blower can be
used to dry surfaces.
Safety Warning
• Wear safety glasses when nailing or
using adhesives to prevent eye injuries.
• Wear protective gloves when working
with adhesives.
• Read cautions on labels of adhesive and
sealant containers. Improper care or use
can cause serious injury.
Installation Procedures:
A. Unroll the CMF on top or along side
of the curb where it is to be installed,
foam side down. Then position on top
of the curb. Fold an outside nailer back
and align the first inside metal nailer on
top of the curb with the foam along the
opening. Nail in place 8” on center.
B. F
old the opposite side nailer back
and position the 2nd inside nailer on
top of the 2nd curb. Nail in place.
C. F
old the flexible flanges down the
curb face and mark where they end.
Fold the flexible flange back and
apply the Metalastic® Tape Sealant
to the vertical surface just above
the mark. Fold the outside nailers
down in place. Nail 8” on center. An
ASTM D-4586 Type II plastic asphalt
cement compatible with the roofing
membrane may be used in place of
Metalastic® tape sealant.
A
B
C
CMF with Wide Curb one side
©2012 GAF 1/12
106www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Metalastic® CMF
CURB MOUNT Flange
Expansion Joint Cover (2 OF 2)
Joints
D.Trim metal nailers back 1/8” to prevent over-lapping of
the nailers and allow the bellows to butt firmly together.
E.Nail both inside nailers in place as described above,
being careful to butt bellows together.
F.Apply the Metalastic Tape Sealant where the outside
nailers will fall. Nail in place 8 inches on center.
D
Splicing Joints
G. Insure surfaces are clean and dry. In cold weather use
a hot air blower to dry surfaces. Peel the release paper
back about 3” from one end of the Splice Lock, and
align it with one edge centered over the joint. Press
in place working from the edge toward the bellows,
peeling release paper off as needed. WARNING!
Metalastic Tape Sealant is extremely tacky and will
adhere to ANYTHING it comes in contact with. It
cannot be re-positioned.
H. Make sure the Splice Seal makes full contact and
does not bridge over spots.
I. Use a hand roller to thoroughly roll the Splice Seal to
insure 100% contact
E
F
Coal Tar Pitch - Special Instructions
If the Metalastic® CMF is to be used with a coal tar
pitch roofing system, a barrier of non-coal tar mastic
and felt MUST be placed between the Metalastic® CMF
membrane and the coal tar materials.
G
H
I
©2012 GAF 1/12
107www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Metalastic® CTW
CURB TO WaLL
Expansion Joint Cover
INSTALLATION GENERAL NOTES:
• Wear safety glasses when nailing or using
adhesives to prevent eye injuries.
• Wear protective gloves when working with
adhesives.
• Read cautions on labels of adhesive and
sealant containers.Improper care or use can
cause serious injury.
To High
Installation Procedures:
A. U
sing a short piece of the CTW to be
installed, mark the correct elevation of
• The roofing membrane is to extend to the top
the wall side nailer and snap a chalk
of the nailer.
line. If the curb elevation varies up and
• CTW expansion joint nailers are to be
down significantly, straight runs may
mechanically attached 4” on center for the wall
have to be shortened (cut and spliced)
and 8” on center for the two curbside nailers.
to insure that the 4” metal nailer lays flat.
• Wide curbs are to be sloped or canted to
B. U
nroll the CTW along the curb where
prevent standing water.
it will be installed. Fold the flexible
• All joints and patches are to be done using
curb cover back, exposing the inside
Metalastic materials only.
nailer, align it on top of the curb and
• Flanges are to be sealed to roof membrane
nail in place 8” on center.
and wall surface with Metalastic® Tape Sealant C. Fold the CTW down away from the wall
or an ASTM D-4586 Type II plastic asphalt
and apply Metalastic Tape Sealant
cement compatible with the roofing membrane.
to the wall centered 2” below the
• All surfaces being sealed with Splice Lock or
chalk line where the fasteners will
receiving Metalastic® tape sealant must be
penetrate the metal flange. An ASTM
clean and dry. A hot air blower can be used to
D-4586 Type II plastic asphalt cement
dry surfaces.
compatible with the roofing membrane
may be used.
• A short piece of CTW (3 inches) can be used to
establish correct elevation of the wall side flange. D. M
ark where the outside nailer ends on
• If the Metalastic® is to be used with a Coal Tar
vertical face of curb and apply sealant
Pitch roofing system, a barrier of non-coal tar
tape or mastic above this line or to
mastic and felt MUST be placed between the
the metal side of the nailer then nail in
Metalastic® membrane and the Coal Tar materials.
place 8” on center.
Safety Warning
To Low
A
B
C
Joints
E. T
rim back nailers slightly to prevent
overlapping materials and allow a
snug butt joint at the foam bellows.
F. Insure surfaces are clean and dry. In
cold weather use a hot air blower to
dry surfaces. Peel the release paper
back about 3” from one end of the
Splice Lock, align it with the top edge,
centered over the joint. Press in place
working from the edge toward the
bellows, peeling release paper off as
needed. WARNING! Metalastic Tape
Sealant is extremely tacky and will
adhere to ANYTHING it comes in
contact with.
It cannot be re-positioned.
G. M
ake sure the Splice Lock makes full
contact with the CTW and does not
bridge over areas.
D
E
F
G
©2012 GAF 1/12
108www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Correct
Metalastic® LP
LOw Profile
Expansion Joint Cover (1 OF 2)
INSTALLATION GENERAL NOTES:
• The roofing membrane must extend to the
top of the nailer.
• LP expansion joint nailers must be
mechanically attached 4” on center.
• All cants must be higher then any ponding water.
• All joints and patches are to be done using
Metalastic materials only.
• Flanges are to be stripped into roof
membrane by hot mopping; an ASTM D-4586
Type II plastic asphalt cement and felts; or a
torch flashing, based on the roofing system
being installed.
• With torch type systems, do not heat the LP
flanges and nailers. Heat the torch membrane
and then set the Metalastic® flange into the
softened surface.
• All surfaces being sealed with Splice Lock or
receiving Metalastic® tape sealant must be
clean and dry. A hot air blower can be used
to dry surfaces.
• Metalastic® membrane is NOT compatible
with Coal Tar Pitch materials.
• Before stripping flanges into roof membrane,
make all splice joints to the LP.
Safety Warning
•W
ear safety glasses when nailing
or using adhesives to prevent eye
injuries.
• Wear protective gloves when
working with adhesives.
• Read cautions on labels of
adhesive and sealant containers.
Improper care or use can cause
serious injury.
Installation
Procedures
A. Snap a chalk line 1 1/4 inch from edges of
opening on top of the roof membrane. Fold
one of the flexible flanges back, exposing the
inside nailer. Align the nailer with the chalk
line and nail in place 4” on center.
B. Fold the 2nd flange back and compress the
bellows to align the 2nd nailer with the 2nd
chalk line and nail in place 4” on center.
A
B
©2012 GAF 1/12
109www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Metalastic® LP
LOw Profile
Expansion Joint Cover (2 OF 2)
Make all joints in the Metalastic® LP before proceeding with sealing the
flanges to the roofing system.
Joints
C. Trim back nailers slightly to prevent overlapping materials and allow
a snug butt joint at the foam bellows and install taking care to butt the
bellows sections.
D. M
ake sure all surfaces to receive the Splice Lock are clean and dry.
In cold weather, use a hot air blower to dry surfaces; then apply
Splice Lock to joint taking care to prevent entrapped air. WARNING!
Metalastic Tape Sealant is extremely tacky and will adhere to
anything it comes in contact with. It cannot be re-positioned.
E. Depending on the roofing system being installed, apply mastic, or hot
mop under flexible flange, or as shown below, heat the torch roofing
membrane where the flexible flange will fall and press flange in place.
WARNING! Do not torch the expansion joint membrane
F. D
epending on the roofing system being installed, strip in an 8”wide
flashing felt centered over edge of flange into the mastic/hot mop.
Do not mop over bellows. If using torch system as pictured, torch the
flashing strip, not the Metalastic flanges, and press or /roll in place
to prevent entrapped air.
Coal Tar Pitch -Special Instructions
If the Metalastic® is to be used with a Coal Tar Pitch roofing system, a
barrier of non-coal tar mastic and felts MUST be placed between the
Metalastic® membrane and the Coal Tar materials.This is accomplished
by first installing a 12-inch wide non-Coal Tar Pitch felt and mastic on both
sides of the expansion joint opening before installing the Metalastic LP
expansion joint cover.
C
D
E
The flexible flanges are
finished by completing
the stripping in process
with the proper flashing
felt material and mastic
based on the system
being used.
F
©2012 GAF 1/12
110www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
Adhesives, Cements,
And Coatings
PRODUCT
Page
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ MAJORBOND™ MODIFIED BITUMEN ADHESIVE
112
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ MAJORBOND™ FLASHING CEMENT
114
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ 102 SBS MEMBRANE ADHESIVE
116
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ 103 COLD PROCESS ADHESIVE
118
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ 201 PREMIUM SBS FLASHING CEMENT
120
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ 202 SBS FLASHING CEMENT
122
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ 203 PLASTIC ROOF CEMENT
124
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ 204 WET/DRY ROOF CEMENT
126
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ 305 FIBERED ASPHALT EMULSION
128
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ 306 NON-FIBERED ASPHALT EMULSION
128
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ 307 PREMIUM ASPHALT PRIMER
130
TOPCOAT® MATRIX™ 322 ELASTOMERIC ROOF COATING
132
TOPCOAT ® MATRIX ™
MAJORBOND
™
MODIFIED BITUMEN ADHESIVE (1 OF 2)
Description
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™ Modified
Bitumen Adhesive is a low odor, VOC
compliant cold adhesive designed for
installation of SBS modified bitumen
membranes. Major Bond adhesive has
been specially formulated for ease of
installation and enhanced adhesion
characteristics. It is designed to be used
in the application of the field membrane,
MajorBond™ Flashing Adhesive is available
for use in base flashing applications and
at any slopes above 1.5 inches ( including
at cant transitions).
Uses
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™ Modified
Bitumen Adhesive is a membrane adhesive
only. This product may be used in lieu of
hot mopped asphalt and heat-welded
applications over acceptable substrates
with recommended membranes. Consult
www.gaf.com, the GAF Applications and
Specifications manual or Contractor Services
at 1-800-766-3411 for additional information.
Approvals & Certification
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™ Modified
Bitumen Adhesive is listed and approved
by the following agencies or code bodies:
Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
Surface Preparation
All surfaces must be clean, dry and free
from any foreign matter, such as oil, grease,
dirt or debris that could inhibit the bonding
capabilities of the adhesive. On existing
roofs, inspect roof deck condition; moisture
in old roof may require complete removal
of existing roof. Check local building codes;
local building codes may require complete removal of existing roof. Contact GAF
Contractor Services for details on cutting
out and repairing blisters, buckles and
raised edges for a smooth surface. Check
all flashings, edges, drains, valleys and vents
and repair as needed.
Application
Application Rate: Application rate is between
1.5-2 gallons per square when applied to base
sheet. Application rate may vary based on
porosity of substrate.
Application: Apply adhesive by sprayer
or notched squeegee at a rate of 1.5-2.0
gallons per square to primed structural
concrete deck, polyisocyanurate insulation,
SBS modified asphalt membrane, or other
acceptable substrate.
Application Method: Spray: A Graco 45.1
pump or equivalent is recommended. Consult
equipment manufacturer for optimum psi,
spray tip size, length of hose, and number
of guns to achieve uniform application.
Squeegee: When using a squeegee, it
should have 1/4” serrations to apply a uniform,
smooth, even coat without gaps, dry areas or
bubbles. Brush: Apply in a uniform, smooth,
even coat without gaps, dry areas or bubbles.
Attachment: The adhesive sets by evaporation of the solvent. After adhesive application,
allow 5-15 minutes cure time before applying
membrane. Unroll modified and base sheet
rolls and allow them to relax prior to installation. Broom in membrane, or roll using a 75lb.
roller making sure that it is laying flat and
making full contact with the adhesive.
Roll all side and end laps, making sure a
sufficient amount of adhesive is applied to
the laps so that a bead of adhesive is visible
at all lap edges. NOTE: Do not apply more
than two layers of SBS membrane in adhesive.
Roof Slope: The roof must have positive
drainage. The adhesive may be used
on slopes up to 1-1/2” per foot; for slopes
exceeding 1-1/2” per foot, use only Topcoat®
Matrix™ MajorBond™ Flashing Cement.
Physical Properties
CODE APPROVALS
UL Classified. See complete
marking on product.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Appearance
Glossy black, semi-mastic
Viscosity @ 77°F @1/5 sec
15,000-20,000 cps
% Solids by weight
>80%
Flash Point
>105°F
VOC content: g/l
less than 250 g/l
Weight per gallon (lbs)
9.5-10
Coverage Rate
1.5-2 gallons per square
Packaging: Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™ Modified Bitumen Adhesive is available in 5-gallon pails (net contents
4.7 gallons), 55-gallon lined drums (net contents 53 gallons) and 350-gallon carbon steel returnable
totes (net contents 350 gallons)
112www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ® MATRIX ™
MAJORBOND
™
MODIFIED BITUMEN ADHESIVE (2 OF 2)
Precautions
Compatibility & Limitations: Do not use
with any APP modified products. Do not
use on wet or damp surfaces, directly over
wood or on surfaces previously covered
with coal tar products. Do not install over
or under polystyrene insulation. NOTE:
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™ Modified
Bitumen Adhesive should not be used with
any APP modified or any modified bitumen
membranes that have a plastic film surface
or are metal foil faced. Do not use with burn
off film membranes.
Temperature Range: Apply only when
temperatures are 45°F (7.2°C) and rising.
Cold weather will cause product to stiffen,
making application difficult. Store 24 hours
at room temperature prior to application.
Do not heat container or attempt to thin this
product. Do not apply on substrates that
exceed 140°F (60°C).
Storage/Handling & FIRE WARNING:
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™ Modified
Bitumen Adhesive is COMBUSTIBLE and
should always be kept away from heat, open
flame and any source of ignition. Observe
normal safeguards for storing and handling
of this product prior to and during application.
Do not allow adhesive to freeze. Product is
best if used within one year of manufacture.
Important: Repair leaks promptly to avoid
adverse effects, including, but not limited to,
mold growth.
Clean Up
Keep containers covered when not in use.
Clean equipment and over spray with kerosene, mineral spirits or petroleum naphtha.
Clean hands with waterless hand cleaner.
Caution
Ventilation – use with adequate ventilation
and close containers when not in use.
If TLV (Threshold Limit Value) is exceeded,
respirators are required (NIOSH/MSHA).
Inhalation of high vapor concentration may
result in headaches and/or dizziness. Remove
individual to fresh air and administer oxygen if
breathing is difficult. If breathing has stopped,
administer artificial respiration, keep victim
warm and order emergency medical
attention immediately.
Eye Contact – Rinse immediately with water
for 15 minutes and seek medical advice.
Personal Protection – Irritation may result
from prolonged or repeated contact with skin.
Wear chemical resistant gloves, protective
goggles and protective clothing, if needed.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Fire Protection – Topcoat® Matrix™
MajorBond™ Modified Bitumen Adhesive is
COMBUSTIBLE and should always be kept
away from heat, open flame and any source
of ignition.
Waste Disposal – Empty containers
must be disposed of in an approved
landfill in accordance with local, state
and federal regulations.
DATA REPORTED ARE BASED ON
AVAILABLE INDEPENDENT AND IN-HOUSE
RESOURCES. GAF RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO CHANGE OR MODIFY, AT
ITS DISCRETION AND WITHOUT PRIOR
NOTICE, ANY OF THE INFORMATION,
REQUIREMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS OR
POLICIES CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT.
Limited Warranty
GAF warrants that at the time of delivery,
the product contained herein shall conform
to GAF’s specifications therefor. THIS GAF
WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU
OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. It
is purchaser’s sole responsibility to determine
suitability of this product for any particular
application. Recommendations made by GAF
are believed to be reliable but GAF makes
NO WARRANTY OF RESULT to be obtained.
Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy,
regardless of the theory on which a claim
may be based (including, without limitations,
negligence, contract, breach of warranty,
strict product liability or misrepresentation)
is the replacement of this product or in alternative, the original purchase price of this
product. In NO event shall GAF be liable for
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.
Purchaser must notify GAF, in writing of
any claims at 1361 Alps Road, Building
11, Wayne NJ, 07470; Attention Guarantee
Services Dept. within 30 days of discovery of
any alleged manufacturing defect. Purchaser
must allow GAF to inspect this product as
installed as part of the claims procedure,
or, at GAF’s option, must provide GAF, with
sample cuts taken from the roof. No agent
or employee of GAF or anyone else is
authorized to modify the terms of this
limited warranty.
For Application Questions
GAF Contractor Services at
1-800-766-3411 or visit www.gaf.com
113www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ® MATRIX ™
MAJORBOND
™
FLASHING CEMENT (1 OF 2)
Description
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™ Flashing Cement
is an asbestos free, premium trowel grade
cement designed for use in SBS Modified
bitumen systems installed with Topcoat® Matrix™
MajorBond™ Adhesive. MajorBond™ Flashing
cement is a low odor, VOC compliant, trowel
grade material designed for the application
of flashing materials and at attachment of
membranes in steep slope transitions areas.
debris that could inhibit the bonding capabilities
of the cement. On existing roofs, inspect roof
deck condition; moisture in old roof may require
complete removal of existing roof. Check local
building codes; local building codes may require
complete removal of existing roof. Contact GAF
Contractor Services for details on cutting out and
repairing blisters, buckles and raised edges for
a smooth surface. Check all flashings, edges,
drains, valleys and vents and repair as needed.
• Heavy, “trowel grade” consistency makes this
product ideal for flashing details, attachment
of membrane to steep slopes and parapet
walls and a variety of roofing and waterproofing
repairs, especially at moving joints where
its flexibility and elasticity make it superior to
standard plastic cements
Application
Application Rate: Irregular, dirty, or porous
surfaces should be primed before application of
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™ Flashing Cement.
Typical flashing application coverage rates are
14 square feet per gallon at 1/8” thickness. When
used to apply field membrane, application rate is
between 1.5–2 gallons per square when applied
to base sheet.
Application Method: Use a notched trowel or
squeegee to apply cement evenly to substrate
without gaps, dry areas or bubbles.
Attachment: Membrane Flashing: No cure
time before attaching flashing; simply press into
place with even pressure, smoothing out wrinkles
and bubbles. Adhere membrane to cemented
substrate and press into place working out any
wrinkles or non-adhered areas, making sure a
sufficient amount of cement is applied to the
laps so that a bead of cement is visible at all lap
edges. Mechanically fasten membrane flashing
on parapet walls to avoid membrane slippage.
Metal: All metal should be primed. Set metal
flanges into a full bead of 1/8” (3.18mm) thick
cement. Apply cement between joints and
apply pressure so that a bead of cement is
visible at joint edge.
• Easy Application…smooth, trowel-grade
cement-maintains excellent walkability
Uses
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™ Flashing Cement’s
heavy, “trowel-grade” consistency outperforms
standard plastic cements for:
• Sealing end laps and perimeter edges of SBS
modified bitumen membranes on MajorBond™
Adhesive products
• Sealing metal-edge flashing on MajorBond™
Adhesive products
• For attaching flashing to parapet walls, curbs
and roof projections on MajorBond™ Adhesive
products
Approvals & Certification
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™ Flashing Cement is
listed and approved by the following agencies or
code bodies: Meets or exceeds the requirements
of ASTM D4586, Type I.
Surface Preparation
All surfaces must be clean, dry and free from
any foreign matter, such as oil, grease, dirt or
Physical Properties
Appearance
Smooth, black mastic material
Viscosity DSR (cps) @ 77°F
@1/5 sec
60,000-120,000
% Solids by weight
>70%
Flash Point
>105°F
VOC content: g/l
<250 g/l
Weight per gallon (lbs)
8.4-8.9
Cone Penetration 77°F, 150 gr,
and 5-seconds
300-350 dmm
Meets ASTM D4568, Type I
Packaging: T
opcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™ Flashing Cement is available in 5-gallon pails
(net contents 4.7 gallons).
©2012 GAF 1/12
114www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ® MATRIX ™
MAJORBOND
™
FLASHING CEMENT (2 OF 2)
Precautions
Compatibility & Limitations: Do not use with
any APP modified products. Do not use on wet
or damp surfaces, directly over wood or on
surfaces previously covered with coal tar
products. Do not install over or under polystyrene
insulation. NOTE: Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™
Flashing Cement adhesive should not be used
with any APP modified or any modified bitumen
membranes that have a plastic film surface or
are metal foil faced. Do not use with burn off
film membranes.
Temperature Range: Topcoat® Matrix™
MajorBond™ Flashing Cement is designed
to provide optimum adhesion when the core
temperatures of the membrane, cement, and the
substrate are 50° F (10° C). Cooler temperatures
may cause materials to stiffen making application
difficult and may even compromise adhesion.
In cooler, temperatures store material inside
for 24 hours prior to application. Best working
conditions for materials are when materials have
been stored properly and air temperature are
between 50° F (10° C) and rising. Do not install
on substrates above 140° F (60° C ) Consult
application instructions in the GAF Applications
and Specification manual. Do not heat container
or attempt to thin this product.
Storage/Handling & FIRE WARNING:
Topcoat® Matrix™ MajorBond™ Flashing Cement
is COMBUSTIBLE and should always be kept
away from heat, open flame and any source
of ignition. Observe normal safeguards for
storing and handling of this product prior to and
during application. Do not allow adhesive to
freeze. Product is best if used within one year of
manufacture.
Important: Repair leaks promptly to avoid adverse
effects, including, but not limited to, mold growth.
Clean Up
Keep containers covered when not in use. Clean
equipment and over spray with kerosene, mineral
spirits or petroleum naphtha. Clean hands with
waterless hand cleaner.
Ventilation – use with adequate ventilation
and close containers when not in use. If TLV
(Threshold Limit Value) is exceeded, respirators
are required (NIOSH/MSHA). Inhalation of high
©2012 GAF 1/12
vapor concentration may result in headaches
and/or dizziness. Remove individual to fresh air
and administer oxygen if breathing is difficult.
If breathing has stopped, administer artificial
respiration, keep victim warm and order
emergency medical attention immediately.
Eye Contact – Rinse immediately with water for
15 minutes and seek medical advice.
Personal Protection – Irritation may result from
prolonged or repeated contact with skin. Wear
chemical resistant gloves, protective goggles and
protective clothing, if needed.
Waste Disposal – Empty containers must be
disposed of in an approved landfill in accordance
with local, state and federal regulations.
Limited Warranty
GAF warrants that at the time of delivery,
the product contained herein shall conform
to GAF’s specifications therefor. THIS GAF
WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU
OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY
OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. It is purchaser’s sole
responsibility to determine suitability of this product
for any particular application. Recommendations
made by GAF are believed to be reliable but
GAF makes NO WARRANTY OF RESULT to be
obtained. Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy,
regardless of the theory on which a claim may be
based (including, without limitations, negligence,
contract, breach of warranty, strict product liability
or misrepresentation) is the replacement of this
product or in alternative, the original purchase
price of this product. In NO event shall GAF
be liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.
Purchaser must notify GAF, in writing of any claims
at 1361 Alps Road, Building 11, Wayne NJ, 07470;
Attention Guarantee Services Dept. within 30 days
of discovery of any alleged manufacturing defect.
Purchaser must allow GAF to inspect this product
as installed as part of the claims procedure, or, at
GAF’s option, must provide GAF, with sample cuts
taken from the roof. No agent or employee of GAF
or anyone else is authorized to modify the terms of
this limited warranty.
115www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX
102
SBS MEMBRANE ADHESIVE (1OF 2)
Superior
Bonding
Strength
& Flexibility
™
Description
MATRIX™ 102 SBS Membrane Adhesive is
an asbestos free, fiber reinforced rubberized
adhesive with a bonding strength designed
specifically for cold applied modified bitumen
membranes. All SURE GRIP™ adhesives have
exclusive technology with superior bonding
strength and high flexibility to accommodate
temperature-related expansion and contraction
of the roof system.
• Superior bonding strength and high
flexibility to accommodate temperaturerelated expansion and contraction of
the roof system
• Exclusive SURE GRIP™ Technology
with superior bonding strength and
high flexibility
• Low odor formulation for a better environment for installer and building occupants
• Easy Application…sprayer, brush or
notched squeegee-maintains excellent low
temperature flexibility
Uses
MATRIX™ 102 SBS Membrane Adhesive is a
cold-applied adhesive for modified bitumen
systems (in place of hot asphalt) to adhere:
• SBS base, interply & cap sheets
• Existing smooth asphalt roofs
• Type G2 asphalt coated glass base sheet
Approvals & Certification
LOW
ODOR
FORMULA
MATRIX™ 102 SBS Membrane Adhesive
is listed and approved by the following
agencies or code bodies: Underwriters
Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM).
Meets or exceeds the requirements of
ASTM D-3019 Lap Adhesive used with
Asphalt Roll Roofing, Type III. Approvals
may vary by region. Be sure to review pail
labels before purchase.
Surface Preparation
All surfaces must be clean, dry and free from
any foreign matter, such as oil, grease, dirt or
debris that could inhibit the bonding capabilities of the adhesive. On existing roofs, inspect
roof deck condition; moisture in old roof may
require complete removal of existing roof.
Check local building codes; local building
codes may require complete removal of existing roof. Contact GAF Contractor Services
for details on cutting out and repairing blisters, buckles and raised edges for a smooth
surface. Check all flashings, edges, drains,
valleys and vents and repair as needed.
CODE APPROVALS
Cements and coatings
for roofing systems as to
external fire exposure.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Application
Application Rate: Application rate is between
1.5-2 gallons per square when applied to base
sheet. Application rate may vary based on
porosity of substrate.
Application: Stir before application. Apply
adhesive by sprayer, brush or notched
squeegee at a rate of 1.5-2.0 gallons per
square to primed structural concrete deck,
polyisocyanurate insulation, Type G2 base
sheet or SBS modified asphalt membrane.
Application Method: Spray: A Graco 45.1
pump or equivalent is recommended. Consult
equipment manufacturer for optimum psi,
spray tip size, length of hose, and number
of guns to achieve uniform application.
Squeegee: When using a squeegee, it should
have 1/4” serrations to apply a uniform,
smooth, even coat without gaps, dry areas or
bubbles. Brush: Apply in a uniform, smooth,
even coat without gaps, dry areas or bubbles.
Attachment: The adhesive sets by evaporation of the solvent. After adhesive application,
allow 5-15 minutes cure time before applying
membrane. Unroll modified and base sheet
rolls and allow them to relax prior to installation. Broom in membrane making sure that it
is laying flat and making full contact with the
adhesive. Roll all side and end laps, making
sure a sufficient amount of adhesive is applied
to the laps so that a bead of adhesive is visible at all lap edges. NOTE: Do not apply more
than two layers of SBS membrane in adhesive.
Roof Slope: The roof must have positive
drainage. The adhesive may be used
on slopes up to 1-1/2” per foot; for slopes
exceeding 1-1/2” per foot, use only MATRIX™
202 SBS Flashing Cement.
Precautions
Compatibility & Limitations: Do not use
with any APP modified products. Do not
use on wet or damp surfaces, directly over
wood or on surfaces previously covered
with coal tar products. Do not install over or
under polystyrene insulation. NOTE: MATRIX™
102 adhesive should not be used with any
APP modified or any modified bitumen membranes that have a plastic film surface or are
metal foil faced. Do not use with burn off
film membranes.
Temperature Range: Apply only when temperatures are 45°F (7.2°C) and rising. Cold
weather will cause product to stiffen, making
application difficult. Store 24 hours at room
temperature prior to application. Do not heat
container or attempt to thin this product.
Do not apply on substrates that exceed
140°F (60°C).
Product Specifications (nominal)
Weight
9.3 lbs (4.2 kg) per gallon
VOC (max)
250 grams/liter
Non-volatile
content
SETA
Flash Point
Sizes
70% minimum
105°F
5 gal/18.9 L or 55
gallon/208.2 L
116www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX
102
SBS MEMBRANE ADHESIVE (2 OF 2)
Superior
Bonding
Strength
& Flexibility
™
Storage/Handling & FIRE WARNING:
MATRIX™ 102 SBS Membrane Adhesive is
COMBUSTIBLE and should always be kept
away from heat, open flame and any source
of ignition. Observe normal safeguards for
storing and handling of this product prior to
and during application. Do not allow adhesive
to freeze.
Important: Repair leaks promptly to avoid
adverse effects, including, but not limited to,
mold growth.
Clean Up
Keep containers covered when not in use.
Clean equipment and over spray with kerosene, mineral spirits or petroleum naphtha.
Clean hands with waterless hand cleaner.
Caution
MATRIX™ 102 SBS Membrane Adhesive
contains petroleum distillate.
Ventilation – use with adequate ventilation
and close containers when not in use.
If TLV (Threshold Limit Value) is exceeded,
respirators are required (NIOSH/MSHA).
Inhalation of high vapor concentration may
result in headaches and/or dizziness. Remove
individual to fresh air and administer oxygen if
breathing is difficult. If breathing has stopped,
administer artificial respiration, keep victim
warm and order emergency medical
attention immediately.
Eye Contact – Rinse immediately with water
for 15 minutes and seek medical advice.
Personal Protection – Irritation may result
from prolonged or repeated contact with skin.
Wear chemical resistant gloves, protective
goggles and protective clothing, if needed.
Fire Protection – MATRIX™ 102 SBS
Membrane Adhesive is COMBUSTIBLE
and should always be kept away from heat,
open flame and any source of ignition.
Waste Disposal – Empty containers
must be disposed of in an approved
landfill in accordance with local, state
and federal regulations.
DATA REPORTED ARE BASED ON
AVAILABLE INDEPENDENT AND IN-HOUSE
RESOURCES. GAF RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO CHANGE OR MODIFY, AT
ITS DISCRETION AND WITHOUT PRIOR
NOTICE, ANY OF THE INFORMATION,
REQUIREMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS OR
POLICIES CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Limited Warranty
GAF warrants that at the time of delivery,
the product contained herein shall conform
to GAF’s specifications therefor. THIS GAF
WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU
OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. It
is purchaser’s sole responsibility to determine
suitability of this product for any particular
application. Recommendations made by GAF
are believed to be reliable but GAF makes
NO WARRANTY OF RESULT to be obtained.
Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy,
regardless of the theory on which a claim
may be based (including, without limitations,
negligence, contract, breach of warranty,
strict product liability or misrepresentation)
is the replacement of this product or in alternative, the original purchase price of this
product. In NO event shall GAF be liable for
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.
Purchaser must notify GAF, in writing of
any claims at 1361 Alps Road, Building
11, Wayne NJ, 07470; Attention Guarantee
Services Dept. within 30 days of discovery of
any alleged manufacturing defect. Purchaser
must allow GAF to inspect this product as
installed as part of the claims procedure,
or, at GAF’s option, must provide GAF, with
sample cuts taken from the roof. No agent
or employee of GAF or anyone else is
authorized to modify the terms of this
limited warranty.
For Application Questions
GAF Contractor Services at
1-800-766-3411 or visit www.gaf.com
117www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX
103
COLD PROCESS ADHESIVE (1 OF 2)
Safer
Alternative
To Hot
Asphalt/
Easy
Installation
™
Description
MATRIX™ 103 Cold Process Adhesive is a contractor grade, non-polymer modified asbestosfree formulation for use as a cold-applied
bonding agent for organic, fiberglass or polyester fabric Built-Up Roofing (BUR) Systems.
In addition, the formulation is non-destructive
to asphalt based roofing membranes. Though
combustible, this product requires no “red tag”
labeling for fire hazard.
• Safer, more efficient alternative to hot asphalt
• Exclusive SURE GRIP™ technology with
superior bonding strength and high flexibility
• Low odor formulation for a better environment for installer and building occupants
• Easy installation…minimizes the risk of blisters, wrinkles and other problems often
associated with improperly heated asphalt
• Easy Application…sprayer, brush or notched
squeegee-and still maintains excellent low
temperature flexibility
Uses
MATRIX™ 103 Cold Process Adhesive is a
cold-applied adhesive designed (in place of
hot asphalt) to adhere:
• Type G1 asphalt coated glass ply sheets,
Type G2 asphalt coated glass base sheets,
43 lb. or heavier organic base sheets, polyester or glass fabrics, organic or glass reinforced asphalt cap sheets used in built-up
roofing systems
• As an insulation adhesive between layers
and to a suitable non-nailable roof deck
and as a granule adhesive Type G2 asphalt
coated glass base sheet
Approvals & Certification
MATRIX™ 103 Cold Process Adhesive is listed
and approved by the following agencies or
code bodies: Underwriters Laboratories (UL),
Factory Mutual (FM). Meets or exceeds the
requirements of ASTM D-3019 Lap Adhesive
used with Asphalt Roll Roofing
Type III, ASTM D-4479. Approvals may vary
by region. Be sure to review pail labels before
purchase.
Surface Preparation
CODE APPROVALS
Cements and coatings
for roofing systems as to
external fire exposure.
©2012 GAF 1/12
All surfaces must be clean, dry and free
from any foreign matter, such as oil, grease,
dirt or debris that could inhibit the bonding
capabilities of the adhesive. On existing
roofs, inspect roof deck condition; moisture
in old roof may require complete removal
of existing roof. Check local building codes;
local building codes may require complete removal of existing roof. Contact GAF
Contractor Services for details on cutting
out and repairing blisters, buckles and
raised edges for a smooth surface. Check
all flashings, edges, drains, valleys and
vents and repair as needed.
Application
Application Rate: Base, ply and cap
sheets are applied at a rate of 1.5-2 gallons
per square. Apply insulation at a rate of
3 (1.2 L/m2) gallons per square. Apply
granules at a rate of 3-4 gallons per square.
Application: Stir before application. Apply
adhesive by sprayer, brush or notched
squeegee at rate indicated for material.
Application Method:
Spray: A Graco 45:1 pump or equivalent
is recommended. Consult equipment manufacturer for optimum psi, spray tip size,
length of hose, and number of spray guns
to achieve uniform application. The adhesive
sets by the evaporation of the solvent.
Squeegee: When using a squeegee, it
should have 1/4” serrations to apply a uniform,
smooth, even coat without gaps, dry areas
or bubbles.
Brush: Apply in a uniform, smooth, even
coat without gaps, dry areas or bubbles.
Attachment: The adhesive sets by evaporation of the solvent. After adhesive application,
allow 5-15 minutes cure time before applying
insulation, felts or cap sheets.
Insulation: Set insulation in a full embedment
of tacky adhesive, making sure full contact
is made. Butt insulation joints tightly. Base
and ply sheets: Unroll the sheet into the tacky
adhesive, making sure that felt is laying flat
and making full contact with the adhesive.
Make sure a sufficient amount of adhesive
is applied so that a bead of adhesive is
visible at all lap edges. Broom felts lightly
as it is applied to ensure full embedment.
Cap Sheet: Unroll the sheet into the tacky
adhesive, making sure that cap sheet is
laying flat and making full contact with the
adhesive. Roll all side and end laps, making
sure a sufficient amount of adhesive is applied
so that a bead of adhesive is visible at all
lap edges.
Granule Embedment: Apply a
uniform coat of adhesive to roof surface
and embed granules at the rate of 45 lbs.
per square.
Product Specifications (nominal)
Weight
8.1 lbs. (3.6 kg) per gallon VOC (max)
300 grams/liter
Non-volatile
content
SETA
Flash Point
Sizes
50% maximum
110°F
55 gallon/208.2 L
118www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX
103
COLD PROCESS ADHESIVE (2 OF 2)
Safer
Alternative
To Hot
Asphalt/
Easy
Installation
™
Application (Continued)
Roof Slope: The roof must have positive
drainage. On slopes over 1/2” per foot, felts
and cap sheets must be back nailed. Use
insulation stops with insulation. Refer to roofing
membrane manufacturer for instructions for
back nailing and insulation stop procedures.
Precautions
Compatibility & Limitations: Do not use
with any APP modified products. Do not
use with 15 or 30 lb. saturated felt or with
solvent sensitive roof insulation. Do not use
on wet or damp surfaces, directly over wood
or on surfaces previously covered with
coal tar products. Not recommended for
SBS membranes.
Temperature Range: Apply only when temperatures are 45°F (7.2°C) and rising. Cold
weather will cause product to stiffen, making
application difficult. Store 24 hours at room
temperature prior to application. Do not heat
container or attempt to thin this product.
Not recommended for application on
substrates that exceed 140°F (60°C).
Storage/Handling & FIRE WARNING:
MATRIX™ 103 Cold Process Adhesive is
COMBUSTIBLE and should always be kept
away from heat, open flame and any source
of ignition. Observe normal safeguards for
storing and handling of this product prior to
and during application. Do not allow adhesive
to freeze.
Important: Repair leaks promptly to avoid
adverse effects, including, but not limited to,
mold growth.
Clean Up
Keep containers covered when not in use.
Clean equipment and over spray with kerosene, mineral spirits or petroleum naphtha.
Clean hands with waterless hand cleaner. .
Caution
MATRIX™ 103 Cold Process Adhesive contains petroleum distillate.
Ventilation – use with adequate ventilation
and close containers when not in use. If TLV
(Threshold Limit Value) is exceeded, respirators are required (NIOSH/MSHA). Inhalation
of high vapor concentration may result in
headaches and/or dizziness. Remove individual to fresh air and administer oxygen if
breathing is difficult. If breathing has stopped,
administer artificial respiration, keep victim
warm and order emergency medical
attention immediately.
Eye Contact – Rinse immediately with water
for 15 minutes and seek medical advice.
Personal Protection – Irritation may result
from prolonged or repeated contact with skin.
Wear chemical resistant gloves, protective
goggles and protective clothing, if needed.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Fire Protection – MATRIX 103 Cold Process
Adhesive is COMBUSTIBLE and should
always be kept away from heat, open flame
and any source of ignition.
Waste Disposal – Empty containers must
be disposed of in an approved landfill in
accordance with local, state and federal
regulations.
DATA REPORTED ARE BASED ON
AVAILABLE INDEPENDENT AND IN-HOUSE
RESOURCES. GAF RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO CHANGE OR MODIFY, AT
ITS DISCRETION AND WITHOUT PRIOR
NOTICE, ANY OF THE INFORMATION,
REQUIREMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS OR
POLICIES CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT.
Limited Warranty
GAF warrants that at the time of delivery,
the product contained herein shall conform
to GAF’s specifications therefor. THIS GAF
WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU
OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. It
is purchaser’s sole responsibility to determine
suitability of this product for any particular
application. Recommendations made by GAF
are believed to be reliable but GAF makes
NO WARRANTY OF RESULT to be obtained.
Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy,
regardless of the theory on which a claim
may be based (including, without limitations,
negligence, contract, breach of warranty,
strict product liability or misrepresentation)
is the replacement of this product or in alternative, the original purchase price of this
product. In NO event shall GAF be liable for
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.
Purchaser must notify GAF, in writing of
any claims at 1361 Alps Road, Building
11, Wayne NJ, 07470; Attention Guarantee
Services Dept. within 30 days of discovery of
any alleged manufacturing defect. Purchaser
must allow GAF to inspect this product as
installed as part of the claims procedure, or,
at GAF’s option, must provide GAF,
with sample cuts taken from the roof. No
agent or employee of GAF or anyone else
is authorized to modify the terms of this
limited warranty.
For Application Questions
GAF Contractor Services at
1-800-766-3411 or visit www.gaf.com
119www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX
201
PREMIUM SBS FLASHING CEMENT (1 OF 2)
Superior
Bonding
For
Maximum
Flexibility
& Hold
™
Description
MATRIX™ 201 Premium SBS Flashing Cement is
a premium, asbestos-free formulation for use as
a cold-applied bonding agent in SBS modified
asphalt roof systems. The high level of modifiers
ensures high bonding strength. Heavy, “trowelgrade” consistency makes this product ideal for
flashing details, attachment of membrane to steep
slopes and parapet walls and a variety of roofing
and waterproofing repairs, especially at moving
joints where its flexibility and elasticity make it
superior to standard plastic cements.
• Superior bonding strength and high
flexibility to accommodate temperature-related
expansion and contraction of the roof system
• Exclusive SURE GRIP™ Technology with
superior bonding strength and high flexibility
• Heavy, “trowel-grade” consistency makes this
product ideal for flashing details, attachment
of membrane to steep slopes and parapet
walls and a variety of roofing and waterproofing
repairs, especially at moving joints where
its flexibility and elasticity make it superior to
standard plastic cements
• Easy Application…smooth, “trowel-grade”
cement maintains excellent low temperature
flexibility
Uses
MATRIX™ 201 Premium SBS Flashing Cement
heavy, “trowel-grade” consistency outperforms
standard plastic cements for:
• Sealing end laps and perimeter edges of SBS
modified bitumen membranes
• Sealing metal-edge flashing, gutter seams, air
conditioning ducts, etc.
• Repairing splits, breaks and holes in roofing
and flashing
• For attaching flashing to parapet walls, curbs
and roof projections
• Along joints of metal roof panels, metal edging,
gutters, coping caps and air-conditioning ducts
•At pipes and projections through below-grade
damp proofing membranes, sealing shingles,
repairing asphalt built-up, metal, and
masonry roofs
Approvals & Certification
MATRIX™ 201 Premium SBS Flashing Cement is
listed and approved by the following agencies or
code bodies: Meets or exceeds the requirements
of ASTM D-4586 Asphalt Roof Cement Asbestosfree, Type I and ASTM D-3409 Asphalt Roof
Cement for Damp, Wet or Underwater Surfaces.
Approvals may vary by region. Be sure to review
pail labels before purchase.
CODE APPROVALS
©2012 GAF 1/12
Surface Preparation
All surfaces must be clean, dry and free from
any foreign matter, such as oil, grease, dirt or
debris that could inhibit the bonding capabilities
of the cement. On existing roofs, inspect roof
deck condition; moisture in old roof may require
complete removal of existing roof. Check local
building codes; local building codes may require
complete removal of existing roof. Contact GAF
Contractor Services for details on cutting out and
repairing blisters, buckles and raised edges for
a smooth surface. Check all flashings, edges,
drains, valleys and vents and repair as needed.
Application
Application Rate: Typical application rate when
embedding polyester, glass or asphalt coated
cotton fabric is 8 gallons per square for a 1/8”
coat. Use 4 gallon per square for a 1/16” coat.
Application Method: Use a 1/4” notched trowel
or squeegee to apply cement evenly to substrate
only without gaps, dry areas or bubbles.
Attachment: Membrane Flashing: No cure
time before attaching flashing; simply press into
place with even pressure, smoothing out wrinkles
and bubbles. Apply cement at 1 to 2 gallons per
square to substrate only (more cement may be
needed on rough or porous substrates). Adhere
membrane to cemented substrate and press into
place working out any wrinkles or non-adhered
areas, making sure a sufficient amount of cement
is applied to the laps so that a bead of cement
is visible at all lap edges. Mechanically fasten
membrane flashing on parapet walls to avoid
membrane slippage.
Coursing: Apply cement to surface and install
glass, polyester fabric or asphalt-coated cotton
fabric into cement, repeat method for desired
courses. When finished, coat with another layer
of cement.
Metal: All metal should be primed. Set metal
flanges into a full bead of 1/8” thick cement.
Apply cement between joints and apply pressure
so that a bead of cement is visible at joint edge.
Sealing/Repairs: Apply cement at a 1/8” to
1/4” thickness, working the cement into the
opening or crack and spread beyond repair area
approximately 2”-4”. If repair area is over 1/4” wide
or more than 2” long, embed glass or polyester
fabric into the cement for added reinforcement
then cover with additional cement extended
2”-4” beyond the fabric repair. If desired, repeat
procedure for coursing application and feather
each layer of fabric beyond the underlying layer.
Product Specifications (nominal)
Weight
VOC (max)
Non-volatile
content
SETA
Flash Point
9.1 lbs (4.1 kg) per gallon
<250 grams/liter
Sizes
11 oz/325 ml tubes or
5 gal/18.9 L
65% minimum
110°F
120www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX
201
PREMIUM SBS FLASHING CEMENT (2 OF 2)
Superior
Bonding
For
Maximum
Flexibility
& Hold
™
Precautions
Compatibility & Limitations: Do not use with
any APP modified products. Do not use on wet or
damp surfaces, directly over wood or on surfaces
previously covered with coal tar products. Do not
install over or under polystyrene insulation. NOTE:
MATRIX™ 201 Premium SBS Flashing Cement
should not be used with any APP modified or any
modified bitumen membranes that have a plastic
film surface or are metal foil faced. Do not use with
burn off film membranes.
Temperature Range: Apply only when
temperatures are 45°F (7.2°C) and rising. Cold
weather will cause product to stiffen, making
application difficult. Store 24 hours at room
temperature prior to application. Do not heat
container or attempt to thin this product. Do not
apply on substrates that exceed 140°F (60°C).
Storage/Handling & FIRE WARNING:
MATRIX™ 201 Premium SBS Flashing Cement
is COMBUSTIBLE and should always be kept
away from heat, open flame and any source of
ignition. Observe normal safeguards for storing
and handling of this product prior to and during
application. Do not allow adhesive to freeze.
Important: Repair leaks promptly to avoid adverse
effects, including, but not limited to, mold growth.
Clean Up
Keep containers covered when not in use. Clean
equipment and over spray with kerosene, mineral
spirits or petroleum naphtha. Clean hands with
waterless hand cleaner.
Caution
MATRIX™ 201 Premium SBS Flashing Cement
contains petroleum distillate.
Ventilation – use with adequate ventilation
and close containers when not in use. If TLV
(Threshold Limit Value) is exceeded, respirators
are required (NIOSH/MSHA). Inhalation of high
vapor concentration may result in headaches
and/or dizziness. Remove individual to fresh air
and administer oxygen if breathing is difficult.
If breathing has stopped, administer artificial
respiration, keep victim warm and order
emergency medical attention immediately.
Eye Contact – Rinse immediately with water for
15 minutes and seek medical advice.
Personal Protection – Irritation may result from
prolonged or repeated contact with skin. Wear
chemical resistant gloves, protective goggles and
protective clothing, if needed.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Fire Protection – MATRIX™ 201 Premium SBS
Flashing Cement is COMBUSTIBLE and should
always be kept away from heat, open flame and
any source of ignition.
Waste Disposal – Empty containers must be
disposed of in an approved landfill in accordance
with local, state and federal regulations.
DATA REPORTED ARE BASED ON AVAILABLE
INDEPENDENT AND IN-HOUSE RESOURCES.
GAF RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHANGE OR
MODIFY, AT ITS DISCRETION AND WITHOUT
PRIOR NOTICE, ANY OF THE INFORMATION,
REQUIREMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS OR
POLICIES CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT.
Limited Warranty
GAF warrants that at the time of delivery,
the product contained herein shall conform
to GAF’s specifications therefor. THIS GAF
WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU
OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY
OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. It is purchaser’s sole
responsibility to determine suitability of this product
for any particular application. Recommendations
made by GAF are believed to be reliable but
GAF makes NO WARRANTY OF RESULT to be
obtained. Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy,
regardless of the theory on which a claim may be
based (including, without limitations, negligence,
contract, breach of warranty, strict product liability
or misrepresentation) is the replacement of this
product or in alternative, the original purchase
price of this product. In NO event shall GAF
be liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.
Purchaser must notify GAF, in writing of any claims
at 1361 Alps Road, Building 11, Wayne NJ, 07470;
Attention Guarantee Services Dept. within 30 days
of discovery of any alleged manufacturing defect.
Purchaser must allow GAF to inspect this product
as installed as part of the claims procedure, or, at
GAF’s option, must provide GAF, with sample cuts
taken from the roof. No agent or employee of GAF
or anyone else is authorized to modify the terms of
this limited warranty.
121www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX 202 SBS
™
FLASHING CEMENT (1 OF 2)
Highly
Modified/
Smooth
Application
Description
MATRIX™ 202 SBS Flashing Cement is a high
quality, asbestos free formulation for use as a
cold-applied bonding agent for SBS modified
bitumen roof systems. Heavy, “trowel-grade”
consistency makes this product ideal for flashing
details, attachment of membrane to steep slopes
and parapet walls and a variety of waterproofing
repairs, especially at moving joints where its flexibility and elasticity make it superior to standard
plastic cements. Advantages include superior
bonding strength and high flexibility to accommodate temperature-related expansion and
contraction of the roof or waterproofing system.
• Heavy, “trowel-grade” consistency–excellent
for flashing details, attachment of membrane to
steep slopes and parapet walls and a variety
of waterproofing repairs, especially at moving
joints where its flexibility and elasticity make it
superior to standard plastic cements
• Superior bonding strength and high flexibility to
accommodate temperature-related expansion
and contraction of the roof system
or waterproofing system
• Easy Application…smooth, “trowel-grade”
cement maintains excellent low temperature
flexibility
CODE APPROVALS
Cements and coatings
for roofing systems as to
external fire exposure.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Uses
MATRIX™ 202 SBS Flashing Cement “trowelgrade” consistency outperforms standard plastic
cements for:
• Attaching flashing to parapet walls, curbs and
roof projections
• Sealing end laps and perimeter edges of SBS
modified bitumen membranes
• Sealing metal-edge flashing, gutter seams,
air conditioning ducts, etc.
• Repairing splits, breaks and holes in roofing
and flashing
Also use for:
• Along joints of metal roof panels, metal edging,
gutters, coping caps and air-conditioning ducts
• At pipes and projections through below-grade
damp proofing membranes, sealing shingles,
repairing asphalt built-up, metal, and
masonry roofs
Approvals & Certification
MATRIX™ 202 SBS Flashing Cement is listed
and approved by the following agencies or code
bodies: Underwriters Laboratories (UL). Meets
or exceeds the requirements of ASTM D-4586
Asphalt Roof Cement Asbestos-free, Type I and
ASTM D-3409 Asphalt Roof Cement for Damp,
Wet or Underwater Surfaces. Approvals may
vary by region. Be sure to review pail labels
before purchase.
Surface Preparation
All surfaces must be clean, dry and free from
any foreign matter, such as oil, grease, dirt or
debris that could inhibit the bonding capabilities
of the cement. On existing roofs, inspect roof
deck condition; moisture in old roof may require
complete removal of existing roof. Check local
building codes; local building codes may require
complete removal of existing roof. Contact GAF
Contractor Services for details on cutting out and
repairing blisters, buckles and raised edges for
a smooth surface. Check all flashings, edges,
drains, valleys and vents and repair as needed.
Application
Application Rate: Typical application rate is 8
gallons per square for a 1/8” coat.
Application Method: Use notched trowel or
wide-edged putty knife to apply cement evenly
and in equal amounts to substrate and SBS
membrane flashing. Coat should be 1/8” thick
on each surface, without gaps, dry areas or
bubbles.
Attachment: Membrane Flashing: No cure
time before attaching flashing; simply press into
place with even pressure, smoothing out wrinkles and bubbles. Adhere membrane to cemented substrate and press into place working out
any wrinkles or non-adhered areas, making sure
a sufficient amount of cement is applied to the
laps so that a bead of cement is visible at all lap
edges. Mechanically fasten membrane flashing
on parapet walls to avoid membrane slippage.
Coursing: Apply cement to surface and install
glass or polyester fabric into cement, repeat
method for desired courses. When finished, coat
with another layer of cement. Metal: All metal
should be primed. Set metal flanges in full bead
of 1/8” thick cement. Apply cement between
joints and apply pressure so that a bead of
cement is visible at joint edge. Sealing/Repairs: Apply cement at a 1/8” to
1/4” thickness, working the cement into the
opening or crack and spread beyond repair
area approximately 2-4 inches. If repair area
is over 1/4” wide or more than 2” long, embed
glass or polyester fabric into the cement for
added reinforcement, then cover with additional
cement. If desired, repeat procedure for
coursing application and feather each layer
of fabric beyond underlying layer.
Precautions
Compatibility & Limitations: Do not use with
any APP modified products. Do not use on wet or
damp surfaces, directly over wood or on surfaces
previously covered with coal tar products. Do not
install over or under polystyrene insulation.
Product Specifications (nominal)
Weight
9.1 lbs (4.1kg) per gallon VOC (max)
300 grams/liter
Non-volatile
content
SETA
Flash Point
Sizes
50% maximum
110°F
55 gallon/208.2 L
122www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX 202 SBS
™
FLASHING CEMENT (2 OF 2)
Highly
Modified/
Smooth
Application
Application (Continued)
Do not use with any APP modified products or
any modified bitumen membranes that have a
plastic film surface or are metal foil faced.
Temperature Range: Apply only when temperatures are 45°F (7.2°C) and rising. Cold weather
will cause product to stiffen, making application
difficult. Store 24 hours at room temperature prior
to application. Do not heat container or attempt
to thin this product. Not recommended for application on substrates that exceed 140°F (60°C).
Storage/Handling & FIRE WARNING: MATRIX™
202 SBS Flashing Cement is COMBUSTIBLE
and should always be kept away from heat, open
flame and any source of ignition. Observe normal
safeguards for storing and handling of this product prior to and during application. Do not allow
flashing cement to freeze.
Important: Repair leaks promptly to avoid
adverse effects, including, but not limited to,
mold growth.
Clean Up
Keep containers covered when not in use. Clean
equipment and over spray with kerosene, mineral spirits or petroleum naphtha. Clean hands
with waterless hand cleaner.
Caution
MATRIX™ 202 SBS Flashing Cement contains
petroleum distillate.
Ventilation – use with adequate ventilation
and close containers when not in use. If TLV
(Threshold Limit Value) is exceeded, respirators
are required (NIOSH/MSHA). Inhalation of high
vapor concentration may result in headaches
and/or dizziness. Remove individual to fresh air
and administer oxygen if breathing is difficult. If
breathing has stopped, administer artificial respiration, keep victim warm and order emergency
medical attention immediately.
Eye Contact – Rinse immediately with water for
15 minutes and seek medical advice.
Personal Protection – Irritation may result
from prolonged or repeated contact with skin.
Wear chemical resistant gloves, protective
goggles and protective clothing, if needed.
Fire Protection – MATRIX™ 202 SBS Flashing
Cement is COMBUSTIBLE and should always be
kept away from heat, open flame and any source
of ignition.
Waste Disposal – Empty containers must be
disposed of in an approved landfill in accordance with local, state and federal regulations.
©2012 GAF 1/12
DATA REPORTED ARE BASED ON AVAILABLE
INDEPENDENT AND IN-HOUSE RESOURCES.
GAF RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHANGE OR
MODIFY, AT ITS DISCRETION AND WITHOUT
PRIOR NOTICE, ANY OF THE INFORMATION,
REQUIREMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS OR
POLICIES CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT.
Limited Warranty
GAF warrants that at the time of delivery, the
product contained herein shall conform to GAF’s
specifications therefor. THIS GAF WARRANTY
IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. It is purchaser’s
sole responsibility to determine suitability of
this product for any particular application.
Recommendations made by GAF are believed
to be reliable but GAF makes NO WARRANTY
OF RESULT to be obtained. Purchaser’s sole
and exclusive remedy, regardless of the theory
on which a claim may be based (including,
without limitations, negligence, contract, breach
of warranty, strict product liability or misrepresentation) is the replacement of this product
or in alternative, the original purchase price of
this product. In NO event shall GAF be liable
for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES. Purchaser
must notify GAF, in writing of any claims at 1361
Alps Road, Building 11, Wayne NJ, 07470;
Attention Guarantee Services Dept. within 30
days of discovery of any alleged manufacturing
defect. Purchaser must allow GAF to inspect this
product as installed as part of the claims procedure, or, at GAF’s option, must provide GAF, with
sample cuts taken from the roof. No agent or
employee of GAF or anyone else is authorized to
modify the terms of this limited warranty.
For Application Questions
GAF Contractor Services at
1-800-766-3411 or visit www.gaf.com
123www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX 203
™
PLASTIC ROOF CEMENT (1 OF 2)
Long-Lasting
Sealant/
”Trowel-Grade”
Consistency
CODE APPROVALS
Cements and coatings
for roofing systems as to
external fire exposure.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Description
MATRIX™ 203 Plastic Roof Cement is
a general purpose, reinforced, fibrated
adhesive used to adhere fiberglass
and organic conventional built-up base,
ply and cap sheets. This product is
scientifically compounded with premium
materials to enhance resistance to flow
and increase durability. Heavy, “trowelgrade” consistency makes this product
ideal for flashing details and a variety of
roofing and waterproofing repairs, such
as moving joints and roof penetrations.
Advantages include superior bonding
strength and high flexibility to accommodate temperature-related expansion and
contraction of the roof system.
• Heavy, “trowel-grade” consistency
makes this product ideal for flashing
details, and a variety of roofing waterproofing repairs, such as moving joints
and roof penetrations
• Superior bonding strength and high
flexibility to accommodate temperaturerelated expansion and contraction of the
roof system
• Easy Application…smooth, “trowelgrade” cement maintains excellent
low temperature flexibility
Uses
MATRIX™ 203 Plastic Roof Cement heavy,
“trowel-grade” consistency is ideal for:
• Sealing leaks and openings around flashings, chimneys, vents, skylights, joints in
metal edging, gutters and similar objects
• Sealing shingles, repairing asphalt builtup, metal, and masonry roofs
• Constructing built-up flashings
• Filling flashing pans around roof
penetrations
• Damp proofing the exterior side of
concrete and masonry walls and
asphalt roof cement
Approvals & Certification
MATRIX™ 203 Plastic Roof Cement is listed
and approved by the following agencies
or code bodies: Underwriters Laboratories
(UL). Meets or exceeds the requirements
of ASTM D-4586 Asphalt Roof Cement
Asbestos-free, Type I. Approvals may
vary by region. Be sure to review pail
labels before purchase.
Surface Preparation
All surfaces must be clean, dry and free
from any foreign matter, such as oil,
grease, dirt or debris that could inhibit the
bonding capabilities of the cement. On
existing roofs, inspect roof deck condition;
moisture in old roof may require complete
removal of existing roof. Check local
building codes; local building codes may
require complete removal of existing roof.
Contact GAF Contractor Services for
details on cutting out and repairing blisters,
buckles and raised edges for a smooth
surface. Check all flashings, edges, drains,
valleys and vents and repair as needed.
Application
Application Rate: Typical application rate
is 8 gallons per square for a 1/8” coat.
Application Method: Use notched trowel
or wide-edged putty knife to apply cement
evenly and in equal amounts to substrate
and membrane flashing. Coat should be
1/8” thick on each surface, without gaps,
dry areas or bubbles.
Attachment: Membrane Flashing: No
cure time before attaching flashing; simply press into place with even pressure,
smoothing out wrinkles and bubbles.
Adhere membrane to cemented substrate
and press into place working out any wrinkles or non-adhered areas, making sure a
sufficient amount of cement is applied to
the laps so that a bead of cement is visible
at all lap edges. Mechanically fasten membrane flashing on parapet walls to avoid
membrane slippage.
Coursing: Apply cement to surface and
install glass or polyester fabric into cement,
repeat method for desired courses. When
finished, coat with another layer of cement.
Metal: All metal should be primed. Set
metal flanges in full bead of 1/8” thick
cement. Apply cement between joints and
apply pressure so that a bead of cement is
visible at joint edge.
Sealing/Repairs: Apply cement at a 1/8”
to 1/4” thickness, working the cement into
the opening or crack and spread beyond
repair area approximately 2”-4”. If repair
area is over 1/4” wide or more than 2”
long, embed glass or polyester fabric into
the cement for added reinforcement, then
cover with additional cement extended
2”-4” beyond the fabric repair. If desired,
repeat procedure for coursing application
and feather each layer of fabric beyond
underlying layer.
Precautions
Compatibility & Limitations: Do not use
with any APP modified products. Do not
use on wet or damp surfaces, directly over
Product Specifications (nominal)
Weight
VOC (max)
Non-volatile
content
SETA
Flash Point
Sizes
9.0 lb. (4.1 kg) per gallon
210 grams/liter
70% minimum
110°F
5 gal/18.9 liters or
3 gal/11.36 liters
124www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX 203
™
PLASTIC ROOF CEMENT (2 OF 2)
Long-Lasting
Sealant/
”Trowel-Grade”
Consistency
©2012 GAF 1/12
Precautions (Continued)
wood or on surfaces previously covered
with coal tar products. Do not use with SBS
modified bitumen membranes.
Temperature Range: Apply only when
temperatures are 45°F (7.2°C) and rising.
Cold weather will cause product to stiffen,
making application difficult. Store 24 hours
at room temperature prior to application.
Do not heat container or attempt to thin this
product. Not recommended for application
on substrates that exceed 140°F (60°C
Storage/Handling & FIRE WARNING:
MATRIX™ 203 Plastic Roof Cement is
COMBUSTIBLE and should always be
kept away from heat, open flame and
any source of ignition. Observe normal
safeguards for storing and handling of this
product prior to and during application.
Do not allow the roof cement to freeze.
Important: Repair leaks promptly to avoid
adverse effects, including, but not limited
to, mold growth.
Clean Up
Keep containers covered when not in use.
Clean equipment and over spray with kerosene, mineral spirits or petroleum naphtha.
Clean hands with waterless hand cleaner.
Caution
MATRIX™ 203 Plastic Roof Cement
contains petroleum distillate.
Ventilation – use with adequate ventilation and close containers when not in use.
If TLV (Threshold Limit Value) is exceeded,
respirators are required (NIOSH/MSHA).
Inhalation of high vapor concentration
may result in headaches and/or dizziness. Remove individual to fresh air and
administer oxygen if breathing is difficult. If
breathing has stopped, administer artificial
respiration, keep victim warm and order
emergency medical attention immediately.
Eye Contact – Rinse immediately with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
advice.
Personal Protection – Irritation may result
from prolonged or repeated contact with
skin. Wear chemical resistant gloves, protective goggles and protective clothing,
if needed.
Fire Protection – MATRIX™ 203 Plastic
Roof Cement is COMBUSTIBLE and
should always be kept away from heat,
open flame and any source of ignition.
Waste Disposal – Empty containers
must be disposed of in an approved
landfill in accordance with local, state
and federal regulations.
DATA REPORTED ARE BASED ON
AVAILABLE INDEPENDENT AND
IN-HOUSE RESOURCES. GAF RESERVES
THE RIGHT TO CHANGE OR MODIFY,
AT ITS DISCRETION AND WITHOUT
PRIOR NOTICE, ANY OF THE
INFORMATION, REQUIREMENTS,
SPECIFICATIONS OR POLICIES
CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT.
Limited Warranty
GAF warrants that at the time of delivery,
the product contained herein shall conform
to GAF’s specifications therefor.
THIS GAF WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE
AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY
OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. It is
purchaser’s sole responsibility to determine
suitability of this product for any particular
application. Recommendations made
by GAF are believed to be reliable but
GAF makes NO WARRANTY OF RESULT
to be obtained. Purchaser’s sole and
exclusive remedy, regardless of the theory
on which a claim may be based (including,
without limitations, negligence, contract,
breach of warranty, strict product liability
or misrepresentation) is the replacement
of this product or in alternative, the original purchase price of this product. In NO
event shall GAF be liable for INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT
OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES. Purchaser
must notify GAF, in writing of any claims
at 1361 Alps Road, Building 11, Wayne
NJ, 07470; Attention Guarantee Services
Dept. within 30 days of discovery of any
alleged manufacturing defect. Purchaser
must allow GAF to inspect this product as
installed as part of the claims procedure,
or, at GAF’s option, must provide GAF,
with sample cuts taken from the roof. No
agent or employee of GAF or anyone else
is authorized to modify the terms of this
limited warranty.
For Application Questions
GAF Contractor Services at
1-800-766-3411 or visit www.gaf.com
125www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX 204
™
WET/DRY ROOF CEMENT (1 OF 2)
Great For
Emergency
Repairs –
Even Wet
Surfaces
CODE APPROVALS
Cements and coatings
for roofing systems as to
external fire exposure.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Description
MATRIX™ 204 Wet/Dry Roof Cement is a
general purpose, asbestos free formulation
for wet weather repair of roof leaks. This
product has unique water displacing characteristics, which ensure superior bonding
to both wet and dry substrates and surfaces. Heavy, “trowel-grade” consistency
makes this product ideal for flashing details
and a variety of roofing and waterproofing
repairs, such as moving joints and roof
penetrations. Contains a special additive
that actually displaces water from wet surfaces to create a tight seal.
• Water resistant – a special additive
that actually displaces water from wet
surfaces to create a tight seal
• Heavy, “trowel-grade” consistency makes
this product ideal…for flashing details,
attachment of membrane to steep slopes
and parapet walls and a variety of roofing
and waterproofing repairs, especially at
moving joints where its flexibility and
elasticity make it superior to standard
plastic cements
• Easy Application…smooth, “trowelgrade” cement maintains excellent
low temperature flexibility
Uses
MATRIX™ 204 Wet/Dry Roof Cement heavy,
“trowel-grade” consistency and special
additive actually displaces moisture to create a tight seal (even in standing water) for:
• Sealing leaks and openings around flashings, chimneys, vents, skylights, joints in
metal edging, gutters and similar objects
• Sealing shingles, repairing asphalt builtup, metal, and masonry roofs
Approvals & Certification
MATRIX™ 204 Wet/Dry Roof Cement is listed and approved by the following agencies
or code bodies: Underwriters Laboratories
(UL). Meets or exceeds the requirements
of ASTM D-4586 Asphalt Roof Cement
Asbestos-free, Type I and ASTM D-3409
Asphalt Roof Cement for Damp, Wet or
Underwater Surfaces. Approvals may vary
by region. Be sure to review pail labels
before purchase.
Surface Preparation
All surfaces must be clean, dry and free
from any foreign matter, such as oil,
grease, dirt or debris that could inhibit
the bonding capabilities of the cement.
On existing roofs, inspect roof deck condition; moisture in old roof may require
complete removal of existing roof. Check
local building codes; local building codes
may require complete removal of existing
roof. Contact GAF Contractor Services for
details on cutting out and repairing blisters,
buckles and raised edges for a smooth
surface. Check all flashings, edges, drains,
valleys and vents and repair as needed.
Application
Application Rate: Typical application rate
is 8 gallons per square for a 1/8” coat.
Application Method: Use notched trowel
or wide-edged putty knife to apply cement
evenly and in equal amounts to substrate
and SBS membrane flashing. Coat should
be 1/8” thick on each surface, without
gaps, dry areas or bubbles.
Attachment: Membrane Flashing: No cure
time before attaching flashing; simply press
into place with even pressure, smoothing
out wrinkles and bubbles. Adhere membrane to cemented substrate and press
into place working out any wrinkles or nonadhered areas, making sure a sufficient
amount of cement is applied to the laps
so that a bead of cement is visible at all
lap edges. Mechanically fasten membrane
flashing on parapet walls to avoid membrane slippage.
Coursing: Apply cement to surface and
install glass or polyester fabric into cement,
repeat method for desired courses. When
finished, coat with another layer of cement.
Metal: All metal should be primed. Set
metal flanges in full bead of 1/8” thick
cement. Apply cement between joints and
apply pressure so that a bead of cement is
visible at joint edge. Sealing/Repairs: Apply cement at a 1/8”
to 1/4” thickness, working the cement into
the opening or crack and spread beyond
repair area approximately 2”-4”. If repair
area is over 1/4” wide or more than 2”
long, embed glass or polyester fabric into
the cement for added reinforcement, then
cover with additional cement extended
2”-4” beyond the fabric repair. If desired,
repeat procedure for coursing application
and feather each layer of fabric beyond
underlying layer.
Precautions
Compatibility & Limitations: Do not use
with any APP modified products. Do not
use directly over wood or on surfaces previously covered with coal tar products. Do
not use with any APP modified products or
any modified bitumen membranes that
Product Specifications (nominal)
Weight
VOC (max)
Non-volatile
content
SETA
Flash Point
Sizes
9.0 lb. (4.1 kg) per gallon
210 grams/liter
70% minimum
110°F
5 gal/18.9 liters or
3 gal/11.36 liters
126www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX 204
™
WET/DRY ROOF CEMENT (2 OF 2)
Great For
Emergency
Repairs –
Even Wet
Surfaces
©2012 GAF 1/12
Precautions (Continued)
have a plastic film surface or are metal
foil faced.
Temperature Range: Apply only when
temperatures are 45°F (7.2°C) and rising.
Cold weather will cause product to stiffen,
making application difficult. Store 24 hours
at room temperature prior to application.
Do not heat container or attempt to thin this
product. Not recommended for application
on substrates that exceed 140°F (60°C).
Storage/Handling & FIRE WARNING:
MATRIX™ 204 Wet/Dry Roof Cement is
COMBUSTIBLE and should always be
kept away from heat, open flame and
any source of ignition. Observe normal
safeguards for storing and handling of this
product prior to and during application.
Do not allow roof cement to freeze.
Important: Repair leaks promptly to avoid
adverse effects, including, but not limited
to, mold growth.
Clean Up
Keep containers covered when not in use.
Clean equipment and over spray with kerosene, mineral spirits or petroleum naphtha.
Clean hands with waterless hand cleaner.
Caution
MATRIX™ 204 Wet/Dry Roof Cement
contains petroleum distillate.
Ventilation – use with adequate ventilation and close containers when not in use.
If TLV (Threshold Limit Value) is exceeded,
respirators are required (NIOSH/MSHA).
Inhalation of high vapor concentration
may result in headaches and/or dizziness. Remove individual to fresh air and
administer oxygen if breathing is difficult. If
breathing has stopped, administer artificial
respiration, keep victim warm and order
emergency medical attention immediately.
Eye Contact – Rinse immediately with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
advice.
Personal Protection – Irritation may result
from prolonged or repeated contact with
skin. Wear chemical resistant gloves, protective goggles and protective clothing,
if needed.
Fire Protection – MATRIX™ 204 Wet/Dry
Cement is COMBUSTIBLE and should
always be kept away from heat, open
flame and any source of ignition.
Waste Disposal – Empty containers must
be disposed of in an approved landfill in
accordance with local, state and federal
regulations.
DATA REPORTED ARE BASED ON
AVAILABLE INDEPENDENT AND
IN-HOUSE RESOURCES. GAF RESERVES
THE RIGHT TO CHANGE OR MODIFY, AT
ITS DISCRETION AND WITHOUT PRIOR
NOTICE, ANY OF THE INFORMATION,
REQUIREMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS
OR POLICIES CONTAINED IN THIS
DOCUMENT.
Limited Warranty
GAF warrants that at the time of delivery,
the product contained herein shall conform to GAF’s specifications therefor. THIS
GAF WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS
IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. It is purchaser’s
sole responsibility to determine suitability
of this product for any particular application. Recommendations made by GAF are
believed to be reliable but GAF makes NO
WARRANTY OF RESULT to be obtained.
Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy,
regardless of the theory on which a claim
may be based (including, without limitations, negligence, contract, breach of warranty, strict product liability or misrepresentation) is the replacement of this product or
in alternative, the original purchase price
of this product. In NO event shall GAF be
liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE
DAMAGES. Purchaser must notify GAF, in
writing of any claims at 1361 Alps Road,
Building 11, Wayne NJ, 07470; Attention
Guarantee Services Dept. within 30 days
of discovery of any alleged manufacturing defect. Purchaser must allow GAF to
inspect this product as installed as part of
the claims procedure, or, at GAF’s option,
must provide GAF, with sample cuts taken
from the roof. No agent or employee of
GAF or anyone else is authorized to modify
the terms of this limited warranty.
For Application Questions
GAF Contractor Services at
1-800-766-3411 or visit www.gaf.com
127www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT
®
MATRIX™ 305 MATRIX™ 306
FIBERED ASPHALT EMULSION
(1 OF 2)
NON-FIBERED ASPHALT EMULSION
Protects
Against
Weathering –
Tough,
Durable Finish
©2012 GAF 1/12
Description
MATRIX™ 305 Fibered/MATRIX™ 306 NonFibered Asphalt Emulsion is a water-based
formulation, which is recommended over
smooth surfaced asphalt built-up and
modified bitumen membranes. Because
of its toughness and abrasive resistance,
it can be used as the final coating in cold
process roof specifications. This product
does not flow when applied in thick coatings and, when dry, will stay in place even
when exposed to elevated temperatures.
When dry, MATRIX™ 305 Fibered/MATRIX™
306 Non-Fibered Asphalt Emulsion bonds
firmly even in severe weather conditions.
The applied film is a “breather” type, which
permits water vapor to escape through the
film, and at the same time remains resistant
to water and has no
odor or fumes.
• Safer, more efficient alternative to
hot asphalt
• Uses softer, more ductile asphalt that is
stable in a roof or weather coating, giving the product great ability to resist the
effects of exposure to rain, snow and heat,
as well as abrasive industrial atmospheres
• Semi-paste consistency that is easily
brush or spray applied
• Applied product is a “breather” type
in that it permits water vapor to escape
through the film but remains resistant to
water infiltration
• Durability…resists the effects of exposure
to rain, snow and heat, as well as abrasive
industrial atmospheres
• Easy Application-sprayer, brush or roller
Uses
MATRIX™ 305 Fibered/MATRIX™ 306 NonFibered Asphalt Emulsion resists the effects
of exposure to rain, snow and heat, as well
as abrasive industrial atmospheres on:
• Smooth surface asphalt built-up and
modified bitumen membranes
• Use as a final coating in cold process
roof specifications
• Use as a base coat for reflective coatings
• Damp proofing below grade exterior
applications
Approvals & Certification
MATRIX™ 305 Fibered Asphalt Emulsion
Meets or exceeds the requirements of
ASTM D-1227 Type II, Type IV.
MATRIX™ 306 Non-Fibered Asphalt
Emulsion meets or exceeds the requirements of ASTM D-1227 Type II, Type III.
Surface Preparation
All surfaces to be adhered must be clean,
dry and free from any foreign matter, such
as oil, grease, dirt or any debris that could
inhibit the bonding capabilities of the
emulsion. Sweep or hose off thoroughly to
remove all dust and debris. Scrub low areas
with powdered detergent and water and
rinse completely and allow to dry. On existing roofs, inspect roof deck condition; moisture in old roof may indicate need for roof
repair. Contact GAF Contractor Services for
details on cutting out and repairing blisters,
buckles and raised edges for a smooth
surface. Check all flashings, edges, drains,
valleys and vents and repair as needed.
Use MATRIX™ 203 Plastic Roof Cement for
repairs and follow can instructions. Dusty
or porous masonry, old roofs, and all metal
surfaces should be primed with MATRIX™
307 Primer and allowed to dry thoroughly
before coating with MATRIX™ 305 or 306
Asphalt Emulsion.
Application
Application Rate: Typical application rate
is between 3-4 gallons per 100 sq. ft. per
coat, may vary with surface conditions and
membranes used. Drying time is 6-10 hours
under good conditions; time will vary in
other weather conditions. Allow at least 4
hours between coating applications.
DO NOT APPLY if there is a threat of rain
or temperatures fall below 45°F within
24 hours.
Product Specifications (nominal)
MATRIX™ 305
Fibered Asphalt Emulsion
Weight
8.8 lbs (4.0 kg) per gallon
VOC (max)
<100 grams/liter
Non-volatile
content
47-53% minimum
Sizes
5 gal/18.9 L or 55 gallon/
208.2 L
Product Specifications (nominal)
MATRIX™ 306
Non-Fibered Asphalt Emulsion
Weight
8.8 lbs (4.0 kg) per gallon
VOC (max)
<100 grams/liter
Non-volatile
content
47-53% minimum
Sizes
5 gal/18.9 L or 55 gallon/
208.2 L
128www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT
®
MATRIX™ 305
MATRIX™ 306
FIBERED ASPHALT EMULSION
NON-FIBERED ASPHALT EMULSION
Protects
Against
Weathering –
Tough,
Durable Finish
©2012 GAF 1/12
Application (Continued)
Material Preparation: To ensure uniform
coating, stir well before application. A
power drill with paddles is recommended.
Application Method: Apply emulsion with
roofing brush or spray covering the surface
at an even 3-4 gallons per 100 square feet.
For spray application, use a Graco 30:1
ratio pump or equivalent, capable of delivering 3-5 gallons a minute.
Installation Method: System Installations:
See membrane manufacturer’s application
instructions for use in roof systems.
Precautions
Compatibility & Limitations: Do not use
on wet surfaces, directly over wood or on
surfaces previously covered with coal tar
products. Will not prevent alligatoring of
hot-mop asphalt roofing. Not recommended
over extremely aged, dry or brittle roofing. Do not apply if there is a threat of rain
or temperatures falling below 40°F within
24 hours. Do not use over coal tar, PVC,
TPO, gravel or rubber membranes or over
shingles of any kind.
Temperature Range: Apply only when
temperatures are 45°F (7.2°C) and rising.
Cold weather will cause product to stiffen,
making application difficult. Store 24 hours
at room temperature prior to application.
Do not heat container or attempt to thin this
product. Not recommended for application
on substrates that exceed 140°F (60°C).
Storage/Handling: MATRIX™ 305 Fibered/
MATRIX™ 306 Non-Fibered Asphalt
Emulsion should always be kept away from
heat, open flame and any source of ignition.
Observe normal safeguards for storing and
handling of this product prior to and during
application. Do not allow emulsion to freeze.
Important: Repair leaks promptly to avoid
adverse effects, including, but not limited to,
mold growth.
Clean Up
Keep containers covered when not in use.
Clean equipment and over spray with soap
and water. Clean hands with waterless
hand cleaner. Dried material should be
removed with mineral spirits or biodegradable turpentine solvent.
Caution
MATRIX™ 305 Fibered/MATRIX™ 306
Non-Fibered Asphalt Emulsion should
not be taken internally. If swallowed,
CALL PHYSICIAN IMMEDIATELY.
Eye Contact – Rinse immediately
with water for 15 minutes and seek
medical advice.
(2 OF 2)
Personal Protection – Irritation may result
from prolonged or repeated contact with
skin. Wear chemical resistant gloves, protective goggles and protective clothing, if
needed.
Fire Protection – MATRIX™ 305 Fibered/
MATRIX™ 306 Non-Fibered Asphalt
Emulsion should always be kept away
from heat, open flame and any source
of ignition.
Waste Disposal – Empty containers must
be disposed of in an approved landfill in
accordance with local, state and federal
regulations.
DATA REPORTED ARE BASED ON
AVAILABLE INDEPENDENT AND
IN-HOUSE RESOURCES. GAF RESERVES
THE RIGHT TO CHANGE OR MODIFY, AT
ITS DISCRETION AND WITHOUT PRIOR
NOTICE, ANY OF THE INFORMATION,
REQUIREMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS
OR POLICIES CONTAINED IN THIS
DOCUMENT.
Limited Warranty
GAF warrants that at the time of delivery,
the product contained herein shall conform
to GAF’s specifications therefor. THIS GAF
WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU
OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
It is purchaser’s sole responsibility to determine suitability of this product for any particular application. Recommendations made
by GAF are believed to be reliable but GAF
makes NO WARRANTY OF RESULT to
be obtained. Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy, regardless of the theory on
which a claim may be based (including,
without limitations, negligence, contract,
breach of warranty, strict product liability
or misrepresentation) is the replacement
of this product or in alternative, the original purchase price of this product. In NO
event shall GAF be liable for INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT
OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES. Purchaser must
notify GAF, in writing of any claims at 1361
Alps Road, Building 11, Wayne NJ, 07470;
Attention Guarantee Services Dept. within
30 days of discovery of any alleged manufacturing defect. Purchaser must allow GAF
to inspect this product as installed as part
of the claims procedure, or, at GAF’s option,
must provide GAF, with sample cuts taken
from the roof. No agent or employee of GAF
or anyone else is authorized to modify the
terms of this limited warranty.
129www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX 307
™
PREMIUM ASPHALT PRIMER (1 OF 2)
Promotes
Excellent
Bond
For Asphalt
Roof
Systems
CODE APPROVALS
Cements and coatings
for roofing systems as to
external fire exposure.
©2012 GAF 1/12
Description
MATRIX™ 307 Premium Asphalt Primer is
a general purpose, asbestos-free foundation coating for all types of asphalt-based
roofing materials, e.g., hot-mopped or coldapplied asphalt coatings, roof cements,
and asphalt-based roof and flooring adhesives. MATRIX™ 307 has an excellent penetration rate that promotes a tough bond
for coating and adhesives; strength and
flexibility to accommodate temperaturerelated expansion and contraction of the
roof system.
• Excellent penetration rate-promotes a
tough, weather-resistant bond for coating
and adhesives
• Strength and flexibility-accommodates
temperature-related expansion and
contraction of the roof system
• Easy Application…sprayer, brush or
roller-maintains excellent low temperature
flexibility
Uses
MATRIX™ 307 Premium Asphalt Primer has
an excellent penetration rate that promotes
a tough, weather-resistant foundation coating for:
• Concrete and masonry roofs, walls or
floors prior to the use of asphalt cutback
adhesives
• Metal edging and flashing, asphalt or
weathered composition roofing prior to
the application of hot-mopped or cold
applied built-up roofing materials
• Undercoating for LeakBuster™ Aluminum
Roof Coatings or Asphalt Roof Coatings
and Emulsions
• Gypsum surfaces
Approvals & Certification
MATRIX™ 307 Premium Asphalt Primer
is listed and approved by the following
agencies or code bodies: Underwriters
Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM).
Meets or exceeds the requirements
of ASTM D-41 Asphalt Primer Used in
Roofing, Damp Roofing and Waterproofing.
Approvals may vary by region. Be sure to
review pail labels before purchase.
Surface Preparation
All surfaces to be primed must be clean,
dry and free from any foreign matter, such
as oil, grease, dirt or debris that could
inhibit the bonding capabilities of the
primer. Sweep (or wire brush metal surfaces) and remove oil, grease, dirt or other
foreign material that could inhibit bonding.
On existing roofs, inspect roof deck condition; moisture in old roof may indicate need
for roof repair. Contact GAF Contractor
Services for details on cutting out and
repairing blisters, buckles and raised
edges for a smooth surface. Check all
flashings, edges, drains, valleys and vents
and repair as needed. Use MATRIX™ 203
Plastic Roof Cement for repairs and follow
can instructions.
Application
Application Rate: Typical application rate
is 1/2 gallon per square, varies with texture
of surface to be primed. Drying time is 4 - 8
hours between coats.
Material Preparation: Stir well before
application.
Application Method: Apply primer with
a roller, brush or sprayer covering the
surface at an even 1/5 gallons per
100 square feet.
Spray: A Graco 45:1 pump or equivalent is
recommended. Consult equipment manufacturer for optimum psi, spray tip size,
length of hose and number of spray guns
to achieve uniform coat.
Brush: Apply smooth, even coat, using
parallel strokes for uniform coat. If first
coat is completely absorbed, apply a
second coat.
Roller: Apply smooth, heavy coat, using
parallel strokes for uniform coat.
Precautions
Compatibility & Limitations: Do not use on
wet or damp surfaces or on surfaces previously covered with coal tar products. On
concrete decks, previous use of wax/resin
curing compound may inhibit bonding.
Temperature Range: Apply only when
temperatures are 45°F (7.2°C) and rising.
Cold weather will cause product to stiffen,
making application difficult. Store 24 hours
at room temperature prior to application.
Do not heat container or attempt to thin this
product. Not recommended for application
on substrates that exceed 140°F (60°C).
Storage/Handling & FIRE WARNING:
MATRIX™ 307 Premium Asphalt Primer
is COMBUSTIBLE and should always be
kept away from heat, open flame and any
source of ignition. Observe normal safeguards for storing and handling of this
product prior to and during application. Do
not allow primer to freeze.
Important: Repair leaks promptly to avoid
adverse effects, including, but not limited
to, mold growth.
Product Specifications (nominal)
Weight
7.4 lbs (3.36 kg) per gallon VOC (max)
350 grams/liter
Non-volatile
content
85% by weight minimum
Sizes
3 gal/11.4L or 5 gal/18.9 L
or 55 gallon/208.2 L
130www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX 307
™
PREMIUM ASPHALT PRIMER (2 OF 2)
Promotes
Excellent
Bond
For Asphalt
Roof
Systems
©2012 GAF 1/12
Clean Up
Keep containers covered when not in use.
Clean equipment and over spray with kerosene, mineral spirits or petroleum naphtha.
Clean hands with waterless hand cleaner.
Caution
MATRIX™ 307 Premium Asphalt Primer
contains petroleum distillate. Do not thin.
Ventilation – use with adequate ventilation and close containers when not in use.
If TLV (Threshold Limit Value) is exceeded,
respirators are required (NIOSHA/MSHA).
Inhalation of high vapor concentration
may result in headaches and/or dizziness. Remove individual to fresh air and
administer oxygen if breathing is difficult. If
breathing has stopped administer artificial
respiration, keep victim warm and order
emergency medical attention immediately.
Eye Contact – Rinse immediately with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
advice.
Personal Protection – Irritation may result
from prolonged or repeated contact with
skin. Wear chemical resistant gloves,
protective goggles and protective clothing,
if needed.
Fire Protection – MATRIX™ 307 Premium
Asphalt Primer is COMBUSTIBLE and
should always be kept away from heat,
open flame and any source of ignition.
Waste Disposal – Empty containers must
be disposed of in an approved landfill in
accordance with local, state and federal
regulations.
DATA REPORTED ARE BASED ON
AVAILABLE INDEPENDENT AND
IN-HOUSE RESOURCES. GAF RESERVES
THE RIGHT TO CHANGE OR MODIFY, AT
ITS DISCRETION AND WITHOUT PRIOR
NOTICE, ANY OF THE INFORMATION,
REQUIREMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS
OR POLICIES CONTAINED IN THIS
DOCUMENT.
Limited Warranty
GAF warrants that at the time of delivery,
the product contained herein shall conform to GAF’s specifications therefor. THIS
GAF WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS
IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. It is purchaser’s
sole responsibility to determine suitability
of this product for any particular application. Recommendations made by GAF are
believed to be reliable but GAF makes NO
WARRANTY OF RESULT to be obtained.
Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy,
regardless of the theory on which a claim
may be based (including, without limitations, negligence, contract, breach of warranty, strict product liability or misrepresentation) is the replacement of this product or
in alternative, the original purchase price
of this product. In NO event shall GAF be
liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE
DAMAGES. Purchaser must notify GAF, in
writing of any claims at 1361 Alps Road,
Building 11, Wayne NJ, 07470; Attention
Guarantee Services Dept. within 30 days
of discovery of any alleged manufacturing defect. Purchaser must allow GAF to
inspect this product as installed as part of
the claims procedure, or, at GAF’s option,
must provide GAF, with sample cuts taken
from the roof. No agent or employee of
GAF or anyone else is authorized to modify
the terms of this limited warranty.
For Application Questions
GAF Contractor Services at
1-800-766-3411 or visit www.gaf.com
131www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX 322
™
ELASTOMERIC ROOF COATING (1 OF 2)
Long-Lasting
Reflectivity
& Protection
©2012 GAF 1/12
Description
MATRIX™ 322 Elastomeric Roof Coating
is a styrene acrylic-based roof coating
that forms a seamless and flexible layer
of protection for your roof. This coating is
designed to seal and dramatically reduce
the surface temperatures and to resist heat
absorption and cracking due to thermal
shock. MATRIX™ 322 Elastomeric Roof
Coating is an ENERGY STAR® Qualified
Reflective Product which will help in
reducing interior building temperatures.
Formulated to provide a tough, durable
weather resistant coating, this flexible fast
drying elastomeric coating adheres readily
to most roofing substrates and is designed
to protect the roof substrate from the damaging effects of the sun’s heat and ultra
violet radiation.
• ENERGY STAR® Qualified Reflectivity can
dramatically decrease interior building
temperatures
• Meets the stringent standards for solar
reflectance and thermal emittance set by
the California Energy Commission for a
cool roof
• Offers high tensile strength and elongation, and is virtually undamaged by
extended exposure to solar ultraviolet
energy
• Low VOC, non-flammable and presents
minimal hazard to the applicator or the
environment
• Provides a protective and reflective finish
that will keep the sun’s damaging rays
from prematurely aging your roof, while
keeping the substrate temperatures substantially lower to alleviate stress on the
membrane
Uses
MATRIX™ 322 Elastomeric Roof Coating
is an ENERGY STAR® Qualified Reflective
Product which will help in reducing interior
building temperatures for:
• Smooth surfaced asphalt built-up and
modified bitumen membranes (aged for a
minimum of 90 days)
• Protection and restoration of aged roofs
Approvals & Certification
MATRIX™ 322 Elastomeric Roof Coating
meets or exceeds the requirements of
ASTM D-1653, ASTM D-412, ASTM
G-26, ASTM G-29, ASTM B-117, ASTM
C-794, ASTM G-21, FTMS 141.6271,
FTMS 141.6221, ASTM D-2243-90,
ASTM D-2196, ASTM D-2240, ASTM
D-2794, ASTM D-1475, ASTM E-1644,
ASTM D-2697, ASTM E-470, ASTM G-53­­­­­.
Approvals may vary by region. Be sure
to review pail labels before purchase.
Surface Preparation
All surfaces must be clean, dry and free
from any foreign matter, such as oil,
grease, dirt or debris that could inhibit
the bonding capabilities of the coating.
On existing roofs, inspect roof deck condition; moisture in old roof may require
complete removal of existing roof. Check
local building codes; local building codes
may require complete removal of existing
roof. Contact GAF Contractor Services for
details on cutting out and repairing blisters,
buckles and raised edges for a smooth
surface. Check all flashings, edges, drains,
valleys and vents and repair as needed.
Use MATRIX™ 203 Plastic Roof Cement
for repairs and follow can instructions.
Repaired areas using roof cement must
weather a minimum of 90 days.
Application
Application Rate: Typical application
rate is 1 gallon per 100 square feet per
coat. Typical applications require 2 coats.
Application rate may vary with surface conditions and membranes used.
Application: Stir before application. Apply
coating with roller, brush or sprayer, covering the surface at an even rate of 1 gallon
per 100 square feet. For spray application,
use a Graco 30:1 ratio pump or equivalent,
capable of delivering 3-5 gallons a minute.
Recommended method for application is
by airless sprayer.
Product Specifications (nominal)
Application
Rate:
1.0 gallons / 100 sq.ft. per coat
Application
Method:
Airless sprayer, roller or brush
Application
Temperature
(air, surface):
45°-120°F
Drying Time
(75°F, 50%
RH):
Approximately 24 hours per coat
Weight
8.8 lbs (4.0 kg) per gallon
VOC (max)
<50 grams/liter
Non-volatile
content
47-53% minimum
Storage:
Store in well-ventilated area at
50°F to 80°F; protect from freezing
Non-volatile
content
85% by weight minimum
Sizes
3 gal/11.4L or 5 gal/18.9 L
or 55 gallon/208.2 L
132www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
TOPCOAT ®
MATRIX 322
™
ELASTOMERIC ROOF COATING (2 OF 2)
Long-Lasting
Reflectivity
& Protection
©2012 GAF 1/12
Application (Continued)
Installation Method: Spray: A Graco
45:1 pump or equivalent is recommended.
Consult equipment manufacturer for optimum psi, spray tip size, length of hose
and number of spray guns to achieve
uniform coat. Brush: Apply smooth, heavy
coat using parallel strokes for uniform
coat. For maximum reflective surface, DO
NOT OVER BRUSH. Roller: Apply smooth,
heavy coat, using parallel strokes for uniform coat.
System Installations: See membrane
manufacturer’s application instructions for
use in roof systems.
Precautions
Compatibility & Limitations: BUR and
MB surfaces must be aged for a minimum
of 90 days. Do not use on extremely wet
surfaces, directly over wood or on surfaces
previously covered with coal tar products.
Do not apply if there is a threat of rain
within 24 hours. Do not use over coal tar
or rubber membranes or over shingles of
any kind.
Temperature Range: Apply only when
temperatures are 45°F (5.5°C) and rising.
Cold weather will cause product to stiffen,
making application difficult. Store 24 hours
at room temperature prior to application.
Do not heat container or attempt to thin this
product. Not recommended for application
on substrates that exceed 120°F (48°C).
Storage/Handling: MATRIX™ 322
Elastomeric Roof Coating should always
be kept away from heat, open flame and
any source of ignition. Observe normal
safeguards for storing and handling of this
product prior to and during application. Do
not allow coating to freeze.
Important: Repair leaks promptly to avoid
adverse effects, including, but not limited
to, mold growth.
Clean Up
Keep containers covered when not in use.
Clean equipment and over spray with soap
and water. Clean hands with waterless
hand cleaner or soap and water. Dried
material should be removed with mineral
spirits or biodegradable turpentine solvent.
Caution
Do NOT take MATRIX™ 322 Elastomeric
Roof Coating internally. If swallowed and
patient is conscious, induce vomiting by
giving two glasses of water and pressing
down at back of throat. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Get medical attention immediately!
Eye Contact – Rinse immediately with
water for 15 minutes and seek
medical advice.
Personal Protection – Irritation may
result from prolonged or repeated contact
with skin. Wear chemical resistant gloves,
protective goggles and protective clothing,
if needed.
Fire Protection – MATRIX™ 322
Elastomeric Roof Coating should always be
kept away from heat, open flame and any
source of ignition.
Waste Disposal – Empty containers must
be disposed of in an approved landfill in
accordance with local, state and federal
regulations.
DATA REPORTED ARE BASED ON
AVAILABLE INDEPENDENT AND
IN-HOUSE RESOURCES. GAF RESERVES
THE RIGHT TO CHANGE OR MODIFY, AT
ITS DISCRETION AND WITHOUT PRIOR
NOTICE, ANY OF THE INFORMATION,
REQUIREMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS
OR POLICIES CONTAINED IN THIS
DOCUMENT.
Limited Warranty
GAF warrants that at the time of delivery,
the product contained herein shall conform to GAF’s specifications therefor. THIS
GAF WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS
IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. It is purchaser’s
sole responsibility to determine suitability
of this product for any particular application. Recommendations made by GAF are
believed to be reliable but GAF makes NO
WARRANTY OF RESULT to be obtained.
Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy,
regardless of the theory on which a claim
may be based (including, without limitations, negligence, contract, breach of warranty, strict product liability or misrepresentation) is the replacement of this product or
in alternative, the original purchase price
of this product. In NO event shall GAF be
liable for INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE
DAMAGES. Purchaser must notify GAF, in
writing of any claims at 1361 Alps Road,
Building 11, Wayne NJ, 07470; Attention
Guarantee Services Dept. within 30 days
of discovery of any alleged manufacturing defect. Purchaser must allow GAF to
inspect this product as installed as part of
the claims procedure, or, at GAF’s option,
must provide GAF, with sample cuts taken
from the roof. No agent or employee of
GAF or anyone else is authorized to modify
the terms of this limited warranty.
For Application Questions
GAF Contractor Services at
1-800-766-3411 or visit www.gaf.com
133www.gaf.com • 1-800-ROOF-411
1/12
Quality You Can Trust…
From North America’s
Largest Roofing Manufacturer!™
©2012 GAF 1/12
1-800-ROOF-411
www.gaf.com
COMGN120B